CA2290653A1 - Streptococcus sag-a, a structural protein associated with sls activity - Google Patents
Streptococcus sag-a, a structural protein associated with sls activity Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2290653A1 CA2290653A1 CA002290653A CA2290653A CA2290653A1 CA 2290653 A1 CA2290653 A1 CA 2290653A1 CA 002290653 A CA002290653 A CA 002290653A CA 2290653 A CA2290653 A CA 2290653A CA 2290653 A1 CA2290653 A1 CA 2290653A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- nucleic acid
- polypeptide
- peptide
- acid molecule
- sequence
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 title claims description 41
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 title description 3
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 title description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 424
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 345
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 236
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 324
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 124
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 96
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 59
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 52
- 108010062877 Bacteriocins Proteins 0.000 claims description 51
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 47
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 241001505901 Streptococcus sp. 'group A' Species 0.000 claims description 32
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 90
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 60
- 101150110503 END3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 58
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 58
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 54
- 108010075242 streptolysin S Proteins 0.000 description 53
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 52
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 39
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 34
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 25
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 23
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 21
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 19
- -1 DNAS Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108010075210 streptolysin O Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 14
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 101150015970 tetM gene Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 14
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 208000013435 necrotic lesion Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 12
- 101100502248 Mus musculus Fabp9 gene Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108010053775 Nisin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 6
- 206010028885 Necrotising fasciitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- NVNLLIYOARQCIX-MSHCCFNRSA-N Nisin Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(=C)NC(=O)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(=C/C)/NC(=O)[C@H](N)[C@H](C)CC)CSC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@@H]2C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]2C(NCC(=O)N[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCSC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CS[C@@H]2C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]2C(N[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N[C@H](CC=4NC=NC=4)C(=O)N[C@H](CS[C@@H]3C)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=3NC=NC=3)C(=O)N[C@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NC(=C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O)=O)CS[C@@H]2C)=O)=O)CS[C@@H]1C NVNLLIYOARQCIX-MSHCCFNRSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 6
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 6
- 201000007970 necrotizing fasciitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000004309 nisin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010297 nisin Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102220034289 rs587777154 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 101710085938 Matrix protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101710127721 Membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 5
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 5
- RKLXDNHNLPUQRB-TVJUEJKUSA-N chembl564271 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]2C(C)SC[C@H](N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC2=O)CSC1C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NC(=C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C(=C\C)/NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]2NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H]3CCCN3C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]3N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(=O)C(=C)NC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=4C5=CC=CC=C5NC=4)CSC3)C(O)=O)C(C)SC2)C(C)C)C(C)SC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKLXDNHNLPUQRB-TVJUEJKUSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000006781 columbia blood agar Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001945 cysteines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108010082567 subtilin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 4
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101100203319 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) skh1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 206010061372 Streptococcal infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006161 blood agar Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002733 dermonecrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 4
- NSGOABPZARPCFM-ZZJOKYKRSA-N (2R)-2-amino-3-[(2R)-2-amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulfanylbutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NSGOABPZARPCFM-ZZJOKYKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NSGOABPZARPCFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2S,3S,2'R)-beta-Methyllanthionine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C)SCC(N)C(O)=O NSGOABPZARPCFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CUHKVBVNLQPDQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2,4,6,8-tetramethyl-4,6,8-tris(3-prop-2-enoyloxypropyl)-1,3,5,7,2,4,6,8-tetraoxatetrasilocan-2-yl]propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCC[Si]1(C)O[Si](C)(CCCOC(=O)C=C)O[Si](C)(CCCOC(=O)C=C)O[Si](C)(CCCOC(=O)C=C)O1 CUHKVBVNLQPDQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 3
- JSWKNDSDVHJUKY-MNVIWFPGSA-N CC[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@@H]2CS[C@@H](C)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]3CS[C@@H](C)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC(=O)[C@@H]4NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CS[C@H]4C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N4CCC[C@H]4C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NC([C@H](C)S\C=C/NC1=O)C(=O)NC(=C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C(=O)N2 Chemical compound CC[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@@H]2CS[C@@H](C)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]3CS[C@@H](C)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC(=O)[C@@H]4NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CS[C@H]4C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N4CCC[C@H]4C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NC([C@H](C)S\C=C/NC1=O)C(=O)NC(=C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C(=O)N2 JSWKNDSDVHJUKY-MNVIWFPGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010007882 Cellulitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- GDSYPXWUHMRTHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epidermin Natural products N#CCC(C)(C)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O GDSYPXWUHMRTHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010021531 Impetigo Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100032965 Myomesin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010056995 Perforin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004503 Perforin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010039587 Scarlet Fever Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108010071626 caseinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001378 electrochemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010064962 epidermin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- CXTXHTVXPMOOSW-JUEJINBGSA-N epidermin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS[C@H]1C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N\C(=C/C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N\C=C/SC2)=O)CSC1)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 CXTXHTVXPMOOSW-JUEJINBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005452 food preservative Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010047651 gallidermin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- AHMZTHYNOXWCBS-PCUVAHMGSA-N gallidermin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CSC[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CS[C@H]1C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N\C(=C\C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N/C=C/SC2)=O)CSC1)=O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 AHMZTHYNOXWCBS-PCUVAHMGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010062224 lactocin S Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108010067215 mersacidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DWPCPZJAHOETAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso-lanthionine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CSCC(N)C(O)=O DWPCPZJAHOETAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SUJOIPVTNUVDCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N mutactin Natural products CC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)CC(O)CC2=C1C1=CC(O)=CC(=O)O1 SUJOIPVTNUVDCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108700018795 salivaricin A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108020004465 16S ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000005416 ATP-Binding Cassette Transporters Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010006533 ATP-Binding Cassette Transporters Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 231100000699 Bacterial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 208000004020 Brain Abscess Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010057248 Cell death Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010069514 Cyclic Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001189 Cyclic Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000000297 Erysipelas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010006464 Hemolysin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWPCPZJAHOETAG-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-lanthionine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CSC[C@H](N)C(O)=O DWPCPZJAHOETAG-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710175625 Maltose/maltodextrin-binding periplasmic protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000007100 Pharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010001441 Phosphopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000017757 Streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010044251 Toxic shock syndrome streptococcal Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000688 bacterial toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002616 endonucleolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940032049 enterococcus faecalis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019249 food preservative Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003228 hemolysin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108010037248 lantibiotic Pep5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SRCAXTIBNLIRHU-JJKPAIEPSA-N lantibiotic pep5 Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N\C(=C/C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N\C(=C/C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N\C(=C(/C)S)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O)C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)C(=O)CC SRCAXTIBNLIRHU-JJKPAIEPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001558 permutation test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000004124 rheumatic heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 235000002374 tyrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopentanedioic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APOYTRAZFJURPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-n-(2-methoxyethyl)-n-(trifluoro-$l^{4}-sulfanyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COCCN(S(F)(F)F)CCOC APOYTRAZFJURPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150098072 20 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]oxydecanoyloxy]decanoic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC1C(OC(CC(=O)OC(CCCCCCC)CC(O)=O)CCCCCCC)OC(C)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005730 ADP ribosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000012440 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000013 Ammonium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108700042778 Antimicrobial Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044503 Antimicrobial Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101001007348 Arachis hypogaea Galactose-binding lectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000031462 Bovine Mastitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009631 Broth culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000030 D-alanine group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@](C([H])([H])[H])(C(=O)[*])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102100021044 DNA-binding protein RFXANK Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008857 Ferritin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050000784 Ferritin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000008416 Ferritin Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000729 Fisher's exact test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000003794 Gram staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091027305 Heteroduplex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001133056 Homo sapiens Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700001097 Insect Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004201 L-cysteine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013878 L-cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000194041 Lactococcus lactis subsp. lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710106188 Lantibiotic subtilin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010048961 Localised oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000757 Microbial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 241001092142 Molina Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100034256 Mucin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063954 Mucins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015728 Mucins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002568 Multienzyme Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093369 Multienzyme Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000008469 Peptic Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010043958 Peptoids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004861 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001050 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010362 Protozoan Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035415 Reinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000256248 Spodoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041925 Staphylococcal infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014969 Streptococcus diacetilactis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010011834 Streptolysins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108700026226 TATA Box Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012338 Therapeutic targeting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009524 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039037 Vascular endothelial growth factor A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N [3-[hydroxy(2-hydroxyethoxy)phosphoryl]oxy-2-[(e)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxypropyl] (e)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- VBZDETYCYXPOAK-OVCLIPMQSA-N amfecloral Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)/C=N/C(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VBZDETYCYXPOAK-OVCLIPMQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002414 amfecloral Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003277 amino acid sequence analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124350 antibacterial drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011394 anticancer treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013405 beer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004057 biotinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(=O)N([H])[C@]2([H])[C@@]([H])(SC([H])([H])[C@]12[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004900 c-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013351 cheese Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008711 chromosomal rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007382 columbia agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004035 construction material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011461 current therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000093 cytochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001295 dansyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C(C2=C1[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003935 denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dialuminum;dioxosilane;oxygen(2-);hydrate Chemical compound O.[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3].O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005546 dideoxynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006251 gamma-carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycylglycine Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(=O)NCC([O-])=O YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium thiocyanate Chemical compound SC#N.NC(N)=N ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001744 histochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZCZCOXLLICTZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypothiocyanous acid Chemical compound OSC#N ZCZCOXLLICTZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001822 immobilized cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005061 intracellular organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007852 inverse PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(II,III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021056 liquid food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150023497 mcrA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000000010 microbial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940051875 mucins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010074461 nisin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100001160 nonlethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005895 oxidative decarboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011906 peptic ulcer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010091748 peptide A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007030 peptide scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940023041 peptide vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004983 pleiotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003910 polypeptide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010149 post-hoc-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014059 processed cheese Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000014438 salad dressings Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005185 salting out Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021055 solid food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012409 standard PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126577 synthetic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001005 tuberculin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003668 tyrosines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036269 ulceration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000304 virulence factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007923 virulence factor Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-QHOAOGIMSA-N wybutosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CC[C@H](NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-QHOAOGIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N wybutosine Natural products C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CCC(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/195—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
- C07K14/315—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Streptococcus (G), e.g. Enterococci
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to nucleic acid molecules encoding sagA and homologous nucleic acid molecules as well as peptides encoded by the nucleic acid molecules.
Description
S7REPTOCOCCUS SAG-A, A STRUCTURAL PROTEIN ASSOCIATED WITH SLS ACTIVITY
BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
The Streptococci are a medically important genera of microbes known to cause several types of disease in humans. Most strains of streptococci causing human infection belong to group A
streptococci (GAS). GAS are the cause of strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, cellulitis-erysipelas, rheumatic fever, acute glomerular nephritis, endocarditis, necrotizing fasciitis, brain abscesses, meningitis, osteomyelitis, pharyngitis, pneumonia, rheumatic carditis, and toxic shock. The prototype organism is Streptococcus pyogenes.
Streptolysin S (SLS) is produced by virtually all strains of GAS and it has a direct cytopathic effect on a broad range of cell types (Bernheimer A.W., 1954; Freer, J.H. and J.P. Arbuthriott, 1976; Ginsburg, I. 1970). SLS is an oxygen-stable, nonimmunogenic cytotoxin which causes a zone of beta-hemolysis observed on the surface of blood agar. This property, used routinely in the clinical laboratory to identify GAS, distinguishes SLS activity from streptolysin O (SLO). SLO is an oxygen-labile, immunogenic hemolysin which does not cause beta-hemolysis on the surface of blood agar plates (Ginsburg, I. 1970).
The cytolytic spectrum of SLS is broad, including not only erythrocytes of all tested eukaryotes but also lymphocytes, polymorphonuclear leukocytes, platelets, several tissue culture cell lines, tumor cells, bacterial protoplasts, and L forms of bacteria as well as intracellular organelles such as mitochondria and lysozomes (Ginsburg, I. 1970). By weight, it is one of the most toxic agents known (Alouf, J.E. 1980; Koyama, J. and F.
Egami, 1963; and Lai, C.Y. et al, 1978).
sUI~ARY OF THS INVBNTION
The present inventors generated two SLS deficient mutants using transposon (Tn) 9I6 mutagenesis from two clinical Streptococcus pyogenes isolates of M1 and M18 serotypes. They demonstrated that the non-hemolytic transconjugants were significantly reduced in virulence in a dermonecrotic mouse model of subcutaneous infection, despite exhibiting identical phenotypic characteristics as their isogenic parents, including growth rates, protease, streptolysin O, and DNAase activities and exoprotein and M protein profiles. Further characterization of these non-hemolytic transconjugants revealed that each contained a single Tn916 insertion located in the promoter region of an open reading frame (ORF). A 390-by region of genomic DNA corresponding to the chromosomal point of insertion of Tn916 was sequenced (see SEQ ID
NO. 12) and a novel structural gene associated with SLS activity was identified. The gene Was designated sagA. The polypeptides encoded by the gene are herein referred to as " SAG-A
Polypeptides" , " SAG-A" or " SAG-A Peptides" .
Studies have shown that inactivation of the sagA gene reduces virulence of S. pyogeaes in mice, and that SAG-A plays a direct role in tissue necrosis.
Broadly stated the present invention relates to isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding SAG-A Polypeptides.
A further aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, particularly Streptococcus pyogenes SAG-A polypeptides, including mRNAs, DNAS, cDNAs, genomic DNAs, PNAs, as well as antisense analogs and biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants or fragments thereof, and compositions comprising same.
In an embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated gene encoding SAG-A. The gene allows the production of purified SAG-A
by subcloning the gene into expression vectors under the control of strong constitutive or inducible promoters. Since the genetic code is degenerate, those skilled in the art will recognize that the nucleic acid sequence in Figure 2 (SEQ ID NO: 1) is not the only sequence which may be used to code for a peptide having the functions of the SAG-A peptide. Changes in the nucleotide sequence which result in production of a chemically equivalent or chemically similar amino acid, are included within the scope of the invention. Variants of the proteins of the invention may be made, for example, with protein engineering techniques such as site-directed mutagenesis which are well known in the art for substitution of amino acids. A combination of techniques known in the art may be used to substitute, delete, or add amino acids.
In a particular embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5 or a nucleotide sequence selected from the group having at least: 40% homology, 65%
BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
The Streptococci are a medically important genera of microbes known to cause several types of disease in humans. Most strains of streptococci causing human infection belong to group A
streptococci (GAS). GAS are the cause of strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, cellulitis-erysipelas, rheumatic fever, acute glomerular nephritis, endocarditis, necrotizing fasciitis, brain abscesses, meningitis, osteomyelitis, pharyngitis, pneumonia, rheumatic carditis, and toxic shock. The prototype organism is Streptococcus pyogenes.
Streptolysin S (SLS) is produced by virtually all strains of GAS and it has a direct cytopathic effect on a broad range of cell types (Bernheimer A.W., 1954; Freer, J.H. and J.P. Arbuthriott, 1976; Ginsburg, I. 1970). SLS is an oxygen-stable, nonimmunogenic cytotoxin which causes a zone of beta-hemolysis observed on the surface of blood agar. This property, used routinely in the clinical laboratory to identify GAS, distinguishes SLS activity from streptolysin O (SLO). SLO is an oxygen-labile, immunogenic hemolysin which does not cause beta-hemolysis on the surface of blood agar plates (Ginsburg, I. 1970).
The cytolytic spectrum of SLS is broad, including not only erythrocytes of all tested eukaryotes but also lymphocytes, polymorphonuclear leukocytes, platelets, several tissue culture cell lines, tumor cells, bacterial protoplasts, and L forms of bacteria as well as intracellular organelles such as mitochondria and lysozomes (Ginsburg, I. 1970). By weight, it is one of the most toxic agents known (Alouf, J.E. 1980; Koyama, J. and F.
Egami, 1963; and Lai, C.Y. et al, 1978).
sUI~ARY OF THS INVBNTION
The present inventors generated two SLS deficient mutants using transposon (Tn) 9I6 mutagenesis from two clinical Streptococcus pyogenes isolates of M1 and M18 serotypes. They demonstrated that the non-hemolytic transconjugants were significantly reduced in virulence in a dermonecrotic mouse model of subcutaneous infection, despite exhibiting identical phenotypic characteristics as their isogenic parents, including growth rates, protease, streptolysin O, and DNAase activities and exoprotein and M protein profiles. Further characterization of these non-hemolytic transconjugants revealed that each contained a single Tn916 insertion located in the promoter region of an open reading frame (ORF). A 390-by region of genomic DNA corresponding to the chromosomal point of insertion of Tn916 was sequenced (see SEQ ID
NO. 12) and a novel structural gene associated with SLS activity was identified. The gene Was designated sagA. The polypeptides encoded by the gene are herein referred to as " SAG-A
Polypeptides" , " SAG-A" or " SAG-A Peptides" .
Studies have shown that inactivation of the sagA gene reduces virulence of S. pyogeaes in mice, and that SAG-A plays a direct role in tissue necrosis.
Broadly stated the present invention relates to isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding SAG-A Polypeptides.
A further aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, particularly Streptococcus pyogenes SAG-A polypeptides, including mRNAs, DNAS, cDNAs, genomic DNAs, PNAs, as well as antisense analogs and biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants or fragments thereof, and compositions comprising same.
In an embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated gene encoding SAG-A. The gene allows the production of purified SAG-A
by subcloning the gene into expression vectors under the control of strong constitutive or inducible promoters. Since the genetic code is degenerate, those skilled in the art will recognize that the nucleic acid sequence in Figure 2 (SEQ ID NO: 1) is not the only sequence which may be used to code for a peptide having the functions of the SAG-A peptide. Changes in the nucleotide sequence which result in production of a chemically equivalent or chemically similar amino acid, are included within the scope of the invention. Variants of the proteins of the invention may be made, for example, with protein engineering techniques such as site-directed mutagenesis which are well known in the art for substitution of amino acids. A combination of techniques known in the art may be used to substitute, delete, or add amino acids.
In a particular embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5 or a nucleotide sequence selected from the group having at least: 40% homology, 65%
homology, 75% homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98%
homology to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID N0: 1, 3, or 5. The invention also includes an isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the above nucleic acid molecules under stringent hybridization conditions. The nucleic acid molecule may be DNA or RNA. The nucleic acid molecule may encode a lantibiotic or lantibiotic fragment i.e. a polypeptide with the characteristics of a lantibiotic. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6. The nucleic acid molecule may be isolated from a group A streptococci cell.
The invention also contemplates an isolated SAG-A
polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule of the invention.
The invention also contemplates biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants thereof, including truncations, analogs, allelic or species variations thereof, or a homolog of a polypeptide of the invention or a truncation thereof. (Variants including truncations, analogs, allelic or species variations, and homologs are collectively referred to herein as " SAG-A Related Polypeptides" ). Among the preferred embodiments of the invention are variants of SAG-A
polypeptide encoded by naturally occurring alleles of the sagA
gene.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be inserted into an appropriate vector, and the vector may contain the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of an inserted coding sequence. Accordingly, vectors may be constructed which comprise a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, and where appropriate one or more transcription and translation elements linked to the nucleic acid molecule. Therefore, vectors are contemplated within the scope of the invention which comprise regulatory sequences of the invention, as well as chimeric gene constructs wherein a regulatory sequence of the invention is operably linked to a heterologous nucleic acid, and a transcription termination signal.
A vector can be used to transform host cells to express a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide. Therefore, the invention further provides host cells containing a vector of the invention. The invention also includes a cell consisting of the nucleic acid molecules. In another embodiment, the invention is a cell into which the expression vector is inserted.
The protein may be expressed by inserting a recombinant nucleic acid molecule in a known expression system derived from bacteria, viruses, yeast, mammals, insects, fungi or birds. The recombinant molecule may be introduced into the cells by techniques such as transformation, transfection and electroporation.
Retroviral vectors, adenoviral vectors, DNA virus vectors and liposomes may be used. Suitable constructs are inserted in an expression vector, which may also include markers for selection of transformed cells. The construct may be inserted at a site created by restriction enzymes. Gene expression levels may be controlled with a transcription initiation region that regulates transcription of the gene or gene fragment of interest in a cell such as a prokaryotic cell or a eukaryotic cell. The transcription initiation region may be part of the construct or the expression vector. The transcription initiation domain or promoter may include an RNA polymerase binding site and an mRNA
initiation site. Other regulatory regions that may be used include an enhancer domain and a termination region. The regulatory elements described above may be from animal, plant, yeast, bacterial, fungal, viral, avian, insect or other sources, including synthetically produced elements and mutated elements.
Transcription is enhanced with promoters known in the art. The promoters may be inducible promoters and/or tissue-specific promoters. These promoters may be selected by one skilled in the art depending on the desired transcription initiation rate and/or efficiency.
In one embodiment of the invention, a cell is transformed with the gene of the invention or a fragment of the gene and inserted in an expression vector to produce cells expressing the SAG-A peptide. The gene or gene fragment may be either isolated from a native source (in sense or antisense orientations), synthesized, a mutated native or synthetic sequence, or a combination of these.
Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of transforming a cell with the gene of the invention or a fragment of the gene, inserted in an expression vector to produce a cell expressing the SAG-A peptide. The invention also relates to a method of expressing the SAG-A peptides of the invention in the cells.
Levels of gene expression may be controlled with genes that code for anti-sense RNA inserted in the expression cassettes or vectors described above.
The invention further broadly contemplates a recombinant SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide obtained using a method of the invention.
The invention also includes hybrid genes and peptides, for example where a nucleotide sequence from the gene of the invention is combined with another nucleotide sequence to produce a fusion polypeptide or peptide. Fusion genes and polypeptides or peptides can also be chemically synthesized or produced using other known techniques.
The invention further contemplates antibodies having specificity against an epitope of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A
Related Polypeptide of the invention. Antibodies may be labeled with a detectable substance and used to detect polypeptides of the invention in biological samples, tissues, and cells.
The invention also permits the construction of nucleotide probes that are unique to nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
Therefore, the invention also relates to a probe comprising a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, or a portion (i.e. fragment) thereof.
DNA probes made from the sagA gene or other nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used to identify genes similar to sagA. These genes could be identified using standard genetic techniques which are well known in the art. The probes will usually be 15 or more nucleotides in length and preferably at Least 30 or more nucleotides. The gene fragments are capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5 or the other sequences of the invention under stringent hybridization conditions. A nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide of the invention may be isolated from other organisms by screening a library under stringent hybridization conditions with a labeled probe.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes, in particular genetic immunization. Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention are naturally occurring allelic variants of SAG-A and polypeptides encoded thereby.
The invention also provides inhibitors of SAG-A polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides of the invention, useful as antibacterial agents including for example antibodies of the invention.
Still further the invention provides a method for evaluating a test substance or compound for its ability to modulate the activity of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide of the invention. For example, a substance or compound which inhibits or enhances the cytolytic activity of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be evaluated.
Compounds which modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention may also be identified using the methods of the invention by comparing the pattern and level of expression of a nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide of the invention in host cells, in the presence, and in the absence of the compounds.
In accordance with one aspect of the invention, a polypeptide or peptide of the invention (or the fragments of the peptide) may be used in an assay to identify compounds that bind the polypeptide or peptide. Methods known in the art may be used to identify agonists and antagonists of the polypeptides or peptides.
Methods are also contemplated that identify compounds or substances (e. g. polypeptides) which interact with sagA regulatory sequences (e. g. promoter sequences, enhancer sequences, negative modulator sequences).
The substances and compounds identified using the methods of the invention may be SagA agonists or antagonists, preferably bacteriostatic or bactericidal agonists and antagonists.
In accordance with certain embodiments of the invention, there are provided products, compositions, and methods for assessing sagA expression, treating disease caused by organisms producing streptolysin S (e. g. GAS), for example, strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, cellulitis-erysipelas, rheumatic fever, acute glomerular nephritis, endocarditis, and necrotizing fasciitis, assaying genetic variation, and administering a SAG-A
Poiypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide to an organism to raise an immunological response against a bacteria especially a GAS.
In accordance with a further aspect of the invention, there are provided processes for utilizing polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules, for in vitro purposes related to scientific research, synthesis of DNA and manufacture of vectors.
These and other aspects, features, and advantages of the present invention should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the following drawings and detailed description.
Preferred embodiments of the invention will be described in relation to the drawings in Which:
Figure 1A is a blot of a Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA from hemolytic wildtype isolates and non-hemolytic transconjugants all possessing at least one copy of Tn916, probed with tetM;
Figure 1B is a blot of a Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA from hemolytic wildtype isolates and non-hemolytic transconjugants all possessing at least one copy of Tn916, probed with tetM;
Figure 2 shows the nucleotide sequence and protein translation of sagA
Figure 3 is a blot of total RNA extracted from mutant SBNHS
(lanes 2-7) and wildtype MGAS166s (lanes 7-13) quantified, standardized, blotted and probed using a PCR amplicon of sagA
labeled with a'~P;
Figure 4 is a graph showing comparisons of mean weight changes of mice after infection with wild type (MGAS166s; TlBPs) and the respective isogenic non-hemolytic mutants (SBNHS; SB30-2);
Figure 5A is a photograph of a hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of the SLS producing wildtype MGAS166s (A);
Figure 5B is a photograph of a hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNHS;
Figure 6A is a photograph of a tissue biopsy from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 efu of the SLS-producing wildtype MGAS166s or the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNH5;
Figure 6B is a photograph of a tissue biopsy from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 cfu of the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNH5; and _g_ Figure 7 shows the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention with a proposed cleavage site for polypeptides of the invention having features consistent with a lantibiotic.
DETAILBD D88CRIPTION OF TH$ INVBNTION
In accordance with the present invention there may be employed conventional molecular biology, microbiology, and recombinant DNA techniques within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See for example, Sambrook, Fritsch, & Maniatis, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y); DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Volumes I and II (D. N. Glover ed. 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M..J. Gait ed. 1984); Nucleic Acid Hybridization B.D. Hames &
S.J. Higgins eds. (1985); Transcription and Translation B.D. Hames & S.J. Higgins eds (/984); Animal Cell Culture R.I. Freshney, ed.
(1986); Immobilized Cells and enzymes IRL Press, (1986); and B.
Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning (1984).
Nucleic Acid Molecules of the Inveatioa As hereinbefore mentioned, the invention provides isolated sagA nucleic acid molecules. The term "isolated" refers to a nucleic acid (or polypeptide) removed from its natural environment, purified or separated, or substantially free of cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical reactants, or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid is at least 60% free, more preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated. The term "nucleic acid" is intended to include modified or unmodified DNA, RNA, including mRNAs, DNAs, cDNAs, and genomic DNAs, or a mixed polymer, and can be either single-stranded, double-stranded or triple-stranded. For example, a nucleic acid sequence may be a single-stranded or double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions, or single-, double- and triple-stranded regions, single-and double-stranded RNA, RNA that may be single-stranded, or more typically, double-stranded, or triple-stranded, or a mixture of regions comprising RNA or DNA, or both RNA and DNA. The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The DNAs or RNAs may contain one or more modified bases. For example, the DNAs or RNAs may have backbones modified for stability or for other reasons. A nucleic acid sequence includes an oligonucleotide, nucleotide, or polynucleotide.
Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine, or modified bases, such as tritylated bases, to name a few examples, are nucleic acid molecules, as the term is used herein.
It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful functions known to those skilled in the art. The term 'nucleic acid molecule"
embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of nucleic acids, as well the chemical forms of DNA and RNA
characteristic of viruses and cells, including simple and complex cells. The term " nucleic acid molecule" and in particular DNA or RNA, refers only to the primary and secondary structure and it does not limit it to any particular tertiary forms.
The nucleic acid molecules Which encode for a SAG-A
polypeptide (may include only the coding sequence for the polypeptide; the coding sequence for the polypeptide and additional coding sequences (e. g. processing protease sequences, transporter sequences such as sequences of translocators of the ATP-binding cassette transporter family, immunity gene sequences, leader or transporter sequences, propolypeptide sequences, a pre-or pro- or prepro- protein sequences (e.g. SEQ ID NO. 4 and 6), marker sequences]; the coding sequence for the polypeptide (and optionally additional coding sequence) and non-coding sequences (e. g. non-coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as transcribed, non-translated sequences, termination signals, ribosome binding sites, sequences that stabilize mRNA, polyadenyiation signals) of the polypeptide. A nucleic acid molecule of the invention may comprise a structural gene and its naturally associated sequences that control gene expression.
Therefore, the term " nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide" encompasses a nucleic acid molecule which includes only coding sequence for the polypeptide as well as a nucleic acid molecule which includes additional coding and/or non-coding sequences.
In an embodiment of the invention an isolated nucleic acid molecule is contemplated which comprises:
(i) a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide having substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
(ii) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identity to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
(iii) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. N0. 2, 4 or 6;
(iv) a nucleic acid sequence complementary to (i), iii), or (iii);
(v} a nucleic acid sequence differing from any of (i),(ii), or (iii), in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;
(vi) a nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 5 nucleotides capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid sequence in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 or to a degenerate form thereof;
(vii) a nucleic acid sequence encoding a truncation, an analog, an allelic or species variation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO.
2, 4, or 6; or (viii) a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i) , (ii) or (iii) .
In a specific embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises:
(i) a nucleic acid sequence having substantial sequence identity or sequence similarity with a nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3 or 5;
(ii) nucleic acid sequences complementary to (i), preferably complementary to the full nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3, or 5;
(iii) nucleic acid sequences differing from any of the nucleic acid sequences of (i) or (ii) in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; or (iv) a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii) .
The invention relates to a nucleic acid molecule encoding the complementary nucleotide sequence of any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.The term " complementary" refers to the natural binding of nucleic acid molecules under permissive salt and temperature conditions by base-pairing. For example, the sequence "A-G-T" binds to the complementary sequence " T-C-A".
Complementarity between two single-stranded molecules may be " partial" , in which only some of the nucleic acids bind, or it may be complete when total complementarity exists between the single stranded molecules.
In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of Streptococcus pyogenes SAG-A shown in SEQ. ID. N0. 2 or 6, or comprises the nucleic acid sequence of Streptococcus pyogenes sagA
shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1 or S wherein T can also be U.
The terms " sequence similarity" or " sequence identity"
refer to the relationship between two or more amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, determined by comparing the sequences, which relationship is generally known as " homology" . Identity in the art also means the degree of sequence relatedness between amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, as the case may be, as determined by the match between strings of such sequences. Both identity and similarity can be readily calculated (Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A.M., ed., Oxford University Press New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D.W, ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, A.M., and Griffin, H.G. eds.
Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, New York, 1987; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M, and Devereux, J., eds. M.
Stockton Press, New York, 1991). While there are a number of existing methods to measure identity and similarity between two amino acid sequences or two nucleic acid sequences, both terms are well known to the skilled artisan (Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, New York, 1987; Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds. M. Stockton Press, New York, 1991; and Carillo, H., and Lipman, D. SIAM J.
Applied Math., 48:1073, 1988). Preferred methods for determining identity are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine identity are codified in computer programs. Preferred computer program methods for determining identity and similarity between two sequences include but are not limited to the GCG program package (Devereux, J. et al, Nucleic Acids Research 12(1): 387, 1984), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA (Atschul, S.F, et al., J. Molec. Biol. 215:403, 1990).
Identity or similarity may also be determined using the alignment algorithm of Dayhoff et al [Methods in Enzymology 91: 524-545 (1983) ] .
By way of example, a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleic acid sequence having at least, for example 95% identity to a reference nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3 or 5 indicates that the nucleic acid sequence is identical to the reference sequence except that it may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference sequence. Therefore, to obtain a nucleic acid molecule having at least 95% identity to a reference sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence must be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides up to 5% of the total nucleotides in the reference sequence may be inserted into the reference sequence. Mutations of the reference sequence may occur at the 5' or 3' terminal positions of the reference sequence, or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among nucleotides in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
Preferably, the nucleic acids of the present invention have substantial sequence identity using the preferred computer programs cited herein, for example greater than 40% nucleic acid identity; preferably greater than 50% nucleic acid identity; more preferably greater than 65-80% sequence identity, and most preferably at least 90% to 99% sequence identity to the sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3, or 5.
Isolated nucleic acids comprising a sequence that differs from the nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 due to degeneracy in the genetic code are also within the scope of the invention. Such nucleic acids encode equivalent polypeptides but differ in sequence from the sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 due to degeneracy in the genetic code. As one example, DNA
sequence mutations within sagA may result in silent mutations that do not affect the amino acid sequence. Variations in one or more nucleotides may exist among strains within a population due to natural variation. Any and all such nucleic acid variations are within the scope of the invention. DNA sequence mutations may also occur which lead to changes in the amino acid sequence of SAG-A
Polypeptide. These amino acid variations are also within the scope of the present invention. In addition, strain or species variations i.e. variations in nucleotide sequence naturally occurring among different strains or species, are within the scope of the invention.
Another aspect of the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under selective conditions, (e. g. high stringency conditions), to a nucleic acid which comprises a sequence which encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide of the invention.
Preferably the sequence encodes the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. N0. 2 and comprises at least 5, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 15, and most preferably at least 20 nucleotides. In an embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule may also consist of a sequence selected from the group consisting of 8 to 10 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecules described above, 11 to 25 nucleotides of the nucleic acid described above and 26 to 50 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecules described above which hybridize to the nucleic acid molecules described above under stringent hybridization conditions.
Selectivity of hybridization occurs with a certain degree of specificity rather than being random. Appropriate stringency conditions which promote DNA hybridization are known to those skilled in the art, or can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
For example, 5.0 to 6.0 x sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) or 0.5% SDS at about 45°C, followed by a wash of 2.0 x SSC at 50°C
may be employed. The stringency may be selected based on the conditions used in the wash step. By way of example, the salt concentration in the wash step can be selected from a high stringency of about 0.2 x SSC at 50°C. In addition, the temperature in the wash step can be at high stringency conditions, at about 65°C.
It will be appreciated that the invention includes nucleic acid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, including truncations of the polypeptides, allelic and species variants, and analogs of the polypeptides as described herein. In particular, fragments of a nucleic acid of the invention are contemplated that are a stretch of at least about 5, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 15, and most preferably at least 20 nucleotides, more typically at least 50 to S 200 nucleotides but less than 2 kb. It will further be appreciated that variant forms of the nucleic acid molecules of the invention which arise by alternative splicing of an mRNA corresponding to a cDNA of the invention are encompassed by the invention.
In an embodiment of the invention, peptide fragments of the proteins of the invention are provided which retain activity similar to SAG-A and the other peptides of the invention. The invention also includes peptide fragments of the proteins of the invention which can be used as a research tool to characterize the protein or its activity. Such peptides preferably consist of at least 5 amino acids. In preferred embodiments, they may consist of 6 to 10, 11 to 15, 16 to 25 or 26 to 50 amino acids of the proteins of the invention.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention which comprises DNA can be isolated by preparing a labeled nucleic acid probe based on all or part of the nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5. The labeled nucleic acid probe is used to screen an appropriate DNA library (e.g. a cDNA or genomic DNA
library). For example, a cDNA library can be used to isolate a cDNA encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, by screening the library with the labeled probe using standard techniques. Alternatively, a genomic DNA library can be similarly screened to isolate a genomic clone encompassing a sagA gene.
Nucleic acids isolated by screening of a cDNA or genomic DNA
library can be sequenced by standard techniques.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that is DNA can also be isolated by selectively amplifying a nucleic acid of the invention. N Amplifying" or ~~ amplification " refers to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence and is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art (Dieffenbach, C. W. and G. S.
Dveksler (1995) PCR Primer, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview, N.Y.). In particular, it is possible to design synthetic oligonucleotide primers from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 (e.g. SEQ. ID. Nos. 5-14) for use in PCR. A nucleic acid can be amplified from cDNA or genomic DNA using these oligonucleotide primers and standard PCR
amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA
sequence analysis. cDNA may be prepared from mRNA, by isolating total cellular mRNA by a variety of techniques, for example, by using the guanidinium-thiocyanate extraction procedure of Chirgwin et al., Biochemistry, 18, 5294-5299 (1979). cDNA is then synthesized from the mRNA using reverse transcriptase (for example, Moloney MLV reverse transcriptase available from Gibco/BRL, Bethesda, MD, or AMV reverse transcriptase available from Seikagaku America, Inc., St. Petersburg, FL).
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention which is RNA can be isolated by cloning a cDNA encoding a SAG-A
Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide into an appropriate vector which allows for transcription of the cDNA to produce an RNA molecule which encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide. For example, a cDNA can be cloned downstream of a bacteriophage promoter, (e.g. a T7 promoter) in a vector, eDNA can be transcribed in vitro with T7 polymerise, and the resultant RNA
can be isolated by conventional techniques.
Nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be chemically synthesized using standard techniques. Methods of chemically synthesizing polydeoxynucleotides are known, including but not limited to solid-phase synthesis which, like peptide synthesis, has been fully automated in commercially available DNA
synthesizers (See e.g., Itakura et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,598,049;
Caruthers et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,458,066; and Itakura U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,401,796 and 4,373,071).
Determination of whether a particular nucleic acid molecule is a sagA gene or encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide can be accomplished by expressing the cDNA in an appropriate host cell by standard techniques, and testing the expressed polypeptide in the methods described herein. A sagA
cDNA or cDNA encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide can be sequenced by standard techniques, such as dideoxynucleotide chain termination or Maxim-Gilbert chemical sequencing, to determine the nucleic acid sequence and the predicted amino acid sequence of the encoded polypeptide.
The initiation codon and untranslated sequences of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be determined using computer software designed for the purpose, such as PC/Gene (IntelliGenetics Inc., Calif.). The transcription regulatory sequences of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention and/or encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be identified by using a nucleic acid molecule of the invention to probe a genomic DNA clone library. Regulatory elements can be identified using standard techniques. The function of the elements can be confirmed by using these elements to express a reporter gene such as the lacZ gene which is operatively linked to the elements. These constructs may be introduced into cultured cells using conventional procedures.
In an embodiment of the invention a nucleic acid molecule is provided comprising a regulatory sequence of sagA as shown in SEQ.
ID. N0. 7.
The invention contemplates nucleic acid molecules comprising all or a portion of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprising a regulatory sequence of a sagA contained in appropriate vectors. The vectors may contain heterologous nucleic acid sequences. ~~ Heterologous nucleic acid" refers to a nucleic acid not naturally located in the cell. Preferably, the heterologous nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid foreign to the cell.
In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the nucleic acid molecules isolated using the methods described herein are mutant sagA genes. For example, the mutant genes may be isolated from strains either known or proposed to have altered cytolytic activity. Mutant genes and mutant gene products may be used in therapeutic and diagnostic methods described herein. For example, a cDNA of a mutant sagA gene may be isolated using PCR as described herein, and the DNA sequence of the mutant gene may be compared to the normal gene to ascertain the mutations) responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant gene product. A genomic library can also be constructed using DNA
from a strain known to carry a mutant gene, or a cDNA library can be constructed using RNA from strains suspected of expressing the mutant allele. A nucleic acid encoding a normal sagA gene or any suitable fragment thereof, may then be labeled and used as a probe to identify the corresponding mutant genes in such libraries.
Clones containing mutant sequences can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis. In addition, an expression library can be constructed using cDNA from RNA isolated from a strain known or suspected to express a mutant sagA gene. Gene products from putatively mutant strains may be expressed and screened, for example using antibodies specific for a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide as described herein. Library clones identified using the antibodies can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis.
Antisense molecules and ribozymes are contemplated within the scope of the invention. They may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA
molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding SAG-A Polypeptide. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA
polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA
constructs that synthesize antisense RNA constitutively or inducibly can be introduced into cell lines, and cells. RNA
molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5~ and/or 3~ ends of the molecule or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
Polvpe~tides of the Invention The term " polypeptide" used herein generally refers to any protein or peptide comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds. The term refers to both short chains (i.e. peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers) and to longer chains (i.e. proteins). Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene encoded amino acids.
Polypeptides include those modified by natural processes (e. g.
_18_ processing and other post-translational modifications) and by chemical modification techniques. The same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide and a polypeptide may contain many modifications. Modifications may occur in the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains, and the amino or carboxyl termini.
Examples of modifications include acetylation; acylation; ADP-ribosylation; amidation; covalent attachment of flavin, a heme moiety, a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, a lipid or lipid derivative, or phosphotidylinositol; cross-linking; cyclization;
disulfide bond formation; demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links; glycosylation; hydroxylation; iodination;
methylation; myristoylation; oxidation; proteoytic processing;
phosphorylation;, racemization; lipid attachment; sulfation, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues; and hydroxylation.
fBy way of example see Proteins-Structure and Molecular Properties 2"° Ed., T.E. Creighton, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993), and Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications:
Perspectives and Prospects, pages 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification Of Proteins, B.C. Johnson, Ed. Academic Press, New (1983); Seifer et al., Meth. Enzymol 182:626 (1990);
and Rattan et al., Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational Modificatios and Aging, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663:48 (1992)]. The polypeptides may be branched or cyclic, with or without branching.
The polypeptides of the invention include the polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4, or 6. In addition to the amino acid sequences of SEQ. ID. N0.2, 4, or 6 the polypeptides of the present invention include truncations of the polypeptides of the invention, and analogs, and homologs of the polypeptides and truncations thereof as described herein.
Truncated polypeptides may comprise peptides having an amino acid sequence of at least five consecutive amino acids in SEQ.ID.
NO. 2, 4, or 6 where no amino acid sequence of five or more, six or more, seven or more, or eight or more, consecutive amino acids present in the fragment is present in a polypeptide other than a SAG-A Polypeptide. In an embodiment of the invention the fragment is a stretch of amino acid residues of at least 12 to 30 contiguous amino acids from particular sequences such as the sequences shown in SEQ.ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6.
The truncated polypeptides may have an amino group (-NH2), a hydrophobic group (for example, carbobenzoxyl, dansyl, or T-butyloxycarbonyl), an acetyl group, a 9-fluorenylmethoxy-carbonyl (PMOC) group, or a macromolecule including but not limited to lipid-fatty acid conjugates, polyethylene glycol, or carbohydrates at the amino terminal end. The truncated polypeptides may have a carboxyl group, an amido group, a T-butyloxycarbonyl group, or a macromolecule including but not limited to lipid-fatty acid conjugates, polyethylene glycol, or carbohydrates at the carboxy terminal end.
A truncated polypeptide or fragment may be free-standing or comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region, most preferably as a single continuous region, of a single larger polypeptide.
In a preferred embodiment, the truncated polypeptides or fragments are biologically active and mediate activities of SAG-A.
The fragments may have similar activity or an improved activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. The fragments may be immunogenic in an animal and preferably are not immunoreactive with antibodies that are immunoreactive to polypeptides other than SAG-A. Particularly preferred fragments are those that confer a function essential for viability of GAS, or for initiation, maintaining or causing disease in an individual, particularly a human.
Cyclic polypeptides of the invention are also part of the present invention. Cyclization may allow the polypeptide to assume a more favorable conformation. Cyclization may be achieved using techniques known in the art. For example, disulfide bonds may be formed between two appropriately spaced components having free sulfhydryl groups, or an amide bond may be formed between an amino group of one component and a carboxyl group of another component.
Cyclization may also be achieved using an azobenzene-containing amino acid as described by Ulysse, L., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1995, 117, 8466-8467. The side chains of Tyr and Asn may be linked to form cyclic peptides. The components that form the bonds may be side chains of amino acids, non-amino acid components or a combination of the two.
It may be desirable to produce a cyclic polypeptide that is more flexible. A more flexible peptide may be prepared by introducing cysteines at the right and left position of the peptide and forming a disulphide bridge between the two cysteines.
The two cysteines are arranged so as not to deform the beta-sheet and turn. The peptide is more flexible as a result of the length of the disulfide linkage and the smaller number of hydrogen bonds in the beta-sheet portion. The relative flexibility of a cyclic peptide can be determined by molecular dynamics simulations.
Mimetics of polypeptides of the invention are also contemplated. Mimetics may be designed based on information i0 obtained by systematic replacement of L-amino acids by D-amino acids, replacement of side chains with groups having different electronic properties, and by systematic replacement of peptide bonds with amide bond replacements. Local conformational constraints can also be introduced to determine conformational requirements for activity of a candidate peptide mimetic. The mimetics may include isosteric amide bonds, or D-amino acids to stabilize or promote reverse turn conformations and to help stabilize the molecule. Cyclic amino acid analogues may be used to constrain amino acid residues to particular conformational states.
Peptoids may also be used which are oligomers of N-substituted amino acids and can be used as motifs for the generation of chemically diverse libraries of novel molecules.
Peptides having one or more D-amino acids are contemplated within the invention. Also contemplated are peptides where one or more amino acids are acetylated at the N-terminus. Those skilled in the art recognize that a variety of techniques are available for constructing peptide mimetics with the same or similar desired biological activity as the corresponding peptide compound of the invention but with more favorable activity than the peptide with respect to solubility, stability, and/or susceptibility to hydrolysis and proteolysis. See for example, Morgan and Gainor, Ann. Rep. Med. Chem., 24:243-252 (1989?. Mimetics of a lantibivtic, nisin A, prepared by substitution, deletion and insertion of amino acids in the lantibiotic are taught in U.S.
Patent No. 5,594,103 (De Vos et aI.). Examples of other peptide mimetics are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,643,873. Mimetics of the proteins of the invention may also be made according to other techniques known in the art. For example, by treating a protein of the invention with an agent that chemically alters a side group by converting a hydrogen group to another group such as a hydroxy or amino group.
The polypeptides of the invention may also include analogs, and/or truncations thereof as described herein, which may include, but are not limited to the polypeptides, containing one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, and/or deletions. Amino acid substitutions may be of a conserved or non-conserved nature.
Conserved amino acid substitutions involve replacing one or more amino acids with amino acids of similar charge, size, and/or hydrophobicity characteristics. When only conserved substitutions are made the resulting analog should be functionally equivalent to the native polypeptide. Non-conserved substitutions involve replacing one or more amino acids with one or more amino acids which possess dissimilar charge, size, and/or hydrophobicity characteristics. For example, a hydrophobic residue such as methionine can be substituted for another hydrophobic residue such as alanine. An alanine residue may be substituted with a more hydrophobic residue such as leucine, valine or isoleucine. An aromatic residue such as phenylalanine may be substituted for tyrosine. An acidic, negatively charged amino acid such as aspartic acid may be substituted for glutamic acid. A positively charged amino acid such as lysine may be substituted for another positively charged amino acid such as arginine.
One or more amino acid insertions may be introduced into a polypeptide of the invention. Amino acid insertions may consist of single amino acid residues or sequential amino acids ranging from about 2 to 15 amino acids in length.
Deletions may consist of the removal of one or more amino acids, or discrete portions from the polypeptide sequence. The deleted amino acids may or may not be contiguous. The lower limit length of the resulting analog with a deletion mutation is about 10 amino acids, preferably 20 amino acids.
An allelic variant at the polypeptide level differs from another polypeptide by only one, or at most, a few amino acid substitutions. A species variation of a polypeptide of the invention is an allelic variation which is naturally occurring among different species. The polypeptides of the invention also include homologs and/or truncations thereof as described herein.
Such homologs include polypeptides whose amino acid sequences are WO 99!49049 PCT/CA99100240 comprised of the amino acid sequences of regions from other species that hybridize under selective hybridization conditions (see discussion of selective and in particular stringent hybridization conditions herein) with a probe used to obtain a polypeptide of the invention. These homologs will generally have the same regions which are characteristic of a polypeptide of the invention. It is anticipated that a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which is at least 20% identical, preferably at least 40% identical, more preferably at least 60% identical, and most preferably at least 80%-95% identical with an amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. N0.2, 4, or 6 will be a homolog. A percent amino acid sequence similarity or identity is calculated using the methods described herein, preferably the computer programs described herein.
The invention also contemplates isoforms of the polypeptides of the invention. An isoform contains the same number and kinds of amino acids as the polypeptide of the invention, but the isoform has a different molecular structure. The isoforms contemplated by the present invention are those having the same properties as a polypeptide of the invention as described herein.
The present invention also includes polypeptides of the invention conjugated with a selected polypeptide (see description of targeting agents below), or a marker polypeptide (see below) to produce fusion polypeptides. Additionally, immunogenic portions of a polypeptide of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
Antigenically, epitopically, or immunologically equivalent variants of a SAG-A polypeptide form a particular aspect of this invention. Antigenically equivalent variants encompass a polypeptide or its equivalent which will be recognized by certain antibodies which when raised to the polypeptide of the invention, interfere with the activity of a polypeptide of the invention. An immunologically equivalent derivative encompasses a peptide or equivalent which when used in a suitable formulation to raise antibodies in a vertebrate, produces antibodies which interfere with the activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
A polypeptide of the invention may be prepared using recombinant DNA methods. Accordingly, the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention having a sequence which encodes a polypeptide of the invention may be incorporated in a known manner into an appropriate expression vector which ensures good expression of the polypeptide. Possible expression vectors include but are not limited to chromosomal, episomal, and virus-derived vectors. For example, the vectors may be derived from bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophage, from transposons, from yeast episomes, from insertions elements, from yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses such as baculoviruses, papova virus, such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses; and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid, and bacteriophage genetic elements, such as cosmids and phagemids.
Generally, any system or vector suitable to maintain, produce or express a nucleic acid of the invention and/or to express a polypeptide of the invention in a selected host cell may be used.
The invention therefore contemplates a vector of the invention containing a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, and optionally the necessary regulatory sequences for the transcription and translation of the inserted polypeptide-sequence. Suitable regulatory sequences may be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, plant, viral, avian, mammalian, or insect genes, or other sources (For example, see the regulatory sequences described in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Selection of appropriate regulatory sequences is dependent on the host cell chosen as discussed below, and may be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art. The necessary regulatory sequences may be supplied by a native polypeptide and/or its flanking regions.
~ In an embodiment of the invention, a recombinant nucleic acid molecule for a SAG-A peptide is provided that contains suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements.
Suitable regulatory elements are derived from a variety of sources, and they may be readily selected by one with ordinary skill in the art. For example, if one were to upregulate the expression of the gene, one could insert the sense sequence and the appropriate promoter into the vehicle. If one Were to downregulate the expression of the gene, one could insert the antisense sequence and the appropriate promoter into the vehicle.
These techniques are known to those skilled in the art.
Examples of regulatory elements include a transcriptional promoter and enhancer or RNA polymerase binding sequence, a ribosomal binding sequence, including a translation initiation signal. Additionally, depending on the vector employed, other genetic elements, such as selectable markers, may be incorporated into the recombinant molecule.
The invention further provides a vector comprising a DNA
nucleic acid molecule of the invention cloned into the vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is linked to a regulatory seguence in a manner which allows for expression, by transcription of the DNA molecule, of an RNA molecule which is antisense to a nucleic acid sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention. Regulatory sequences linked to the antisense nucleic acid can be chosen which direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance a viral promoter and/or enhancer, or regulatory sequences can be chosen which direct tissue or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA.
The expression vector of the invention may also contain a marker gene which facilitates the selection of host cells transformed or transfected with a vector of the invention.
Examples of marker genes are genes encoding a polypeptide such as 6418 and hygromycin which confer resistance to certain drugs, ~i-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, firefly luciferase, or an immunoglobulin or portion thereof such as the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin preferably IgG. The markers can be introduced on a separate vector from the nucleic acid of interest.
The vectors may also contain genes which encode a fusion moiety which provides increased expression of the recombinant polypeptide; increased solubility of the recombinant polypeptide;
and aid in the purification of the target recombinant polypeptide by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. For example, a proteolytic cleavage site may be added to the target recombinant polypeptide to allow separation of the recombinant polypeptide from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion polypeptide. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX
(Amrad Corp., Melbourne, Australia), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) and pRITS (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding polypeptide, or polypeptide A, respectively, to the recombinant polypeptide.
Appropriate secretion signals may also be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide to facilitate secretion of the translated polypeptide.
The vectors may be introduced into host cells to produce a transformed or transfected host cell. The terms "transfected" and "transfection" encompass the introduction of nucleic acid (e.g. a vector) into a cell by one of many standard techniques. A cell is ~~ transformed" by a nucleic acid when the transfected nucleic acid effects a phenotypic change. Prokaryotic cells can be transformed with nucleic acid by, for example, electroporation or calcium-chloride mediated transformation. Nucleic acid can be introduced into mammalian cells via conventional techniques such as calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofectin, transvection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, scrape loading, transduction, ballistic introduction, infection. electroporation or microinjection. Suitable methods for transforming and transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory press (1989)), and other laboratory textbooks.
Suitable host cells include a wide variety of prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells. For example, the polypeptides of the invention may be expressed in bacterial cells such as streptococci, staphylococci, enterococci, E. coli, streptomyces, lactic acid bacteria, and Bacillus swbstilis, fungal cells such as yeast cells and Aspergillus cells, insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9; animal cells such as CHO, COS, HeLa, C127, 3T3, BHK, 293, and plant cells. Other suitable host cells can be found in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (199 1).
A host cell may also be chosen which modulates the expression of an inserted nucleic acid sequence, or modifies (e. g.
glycosylation or phosphorylation) and processes (e.g. cleaves) the polypeptide in a desired fashion. Host systems or cell lines may be selected which have specific and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational processing and modification of polypeptides.
For long-term high-yield stable expression of the polypeptide, cell lines and host systems which stably express the gene product may. be engineered.
Polypeptides of the invention can be recovered and purified from recombinant host cells by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography, and in particular high performance liquid chromatography. If a polypeptide is denatured during isolation and purification well known refolding techniques may be used to regenerate the active conformation.
In accordance with one aspect of the invention a method is provided for preparing a SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide utilizing the purified and isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention. In particular, a method for preparing a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide is provided comprising:
(a) transferring a vector of the invention comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A
Related Polypeptide, into a host cell;
(b) selecting transformed host cells from untransformed host cells;
(c) culturing a selected transformed host cell under conditions which allow expression of the SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide; and (d) isolating the SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide.
Host cells may also comprise genes encoding accessory proteins including but not limited to processing proteases (e. g.
see SEQ ID NO. 8 and 9), translocators of the ATP-binding cassette transporter family (e. g. see SEQ. ID. NO. 10 and 11), regulatory proteins, and dedicated producer self-protection mechanisms. These genes may be those naturally associated with SAG-A or associated with other proteins including nisin, Pep5, subtilin, epilancin, epidermin, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysin L1 or L2 (see Sahl et al Eur. J. Biochem. 230:827, 1995). The genes encoding the accessory proteins may be introduced into the host cell as part of the vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule of the invention or they may be on a separate vector.
Host cells and in particular cell lines produced using the methods described herein may be particularly useful in screening and evaluating substances or compounds that modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
The polypeptides of the invention may also be prepared by chemical synthesis using techniques well known in the chemistry of polypeptides such as solid phase synthesis or synthesis in homogenous solution ( See for example, Merrifield, 1964, J. Am.
Chem. Assoc. 85:2149-2154, Houbenweyl, 1987, Methods of Organic Chemistry, ed. E. Wansch, Vol. 15 I and II, Thieme, Stuttgartsee, J. M. Stewart, and J.D. Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2"d Ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford III. (1984) and G. Barany and R.B. Merrifield, The Peptides: Analysis Synthesis, Biology editors E. Gross and J. Meienhofer Vol. 2 Academic Press, New York, 1980, pp. 3-254 for solid phase synthesis techniques;
and M Bodansky, Principles of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1984, and E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, Eds., The Peptides:
Analysis, Synthesis, Biologu, supra, Vol 1, for classical solution synthesis.) N-terminal or C-terminal fusion or chimeric polypeptides comprising a polypeptide of the invention conjugated with other molecules, such as polypeptides (e. g. markers or targeting agents) may be prepared by fusing, through recombinant techniques, the N-terminal or C-terminal of a polypeptide of the invention, and the sequence of a selected polypeptide or marker polypeptide with a desired biological function. The resultant fusion polypeptides contain a polypeptide of the invention fused to the selected polypeptide or marker polypeptide as described herein.
Polv~efltidas With Lantibiotic Characteristics The amino acid sequence of the SAG-A polypeptide shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1 exhibits close similarities with the class of bacterial peptides known as lantibiotics (Borgia 1997). Sequence characterization information for sagA is described in Example 1.
Several features characteristic of this class of molecules are described in Example 1 and known in the art. The similarity of many of these features with SAG-A shows that it is related to the lantibiotic class of molecules.
Lantibiotics constitute a unique class of ribosomally-synthesized, antimicrobial peptides produced by gram positive bacteria. Their unique structural properties result from the presence of intra-molecular rings formed by thioether bonds of the post-translationally modified amino acids lanthionine (Lan) and 3-methyllanthionine (MeLan) (Nes and Tagg 1996).
Lantibiotics are synthesized on the ribosome as a prepeptide or precursor which undergoes several post-translational modifications and removal of leader sequences. The modifications may include dehydration of specific hydroxyl amino acids to form dehydroamino acids, addition of neighbouring sulfhydryl groups to form thioethers and in specific cases other modifications such as introduction of D-alanine residues from L-serine, formation of lysino-alanine bridges, formation of novel N-terminal blocking groups and oxidative decarboxylation of a C-terminal cysteine.
The first identified lantibiotic, nisin, produced by certain strains of Lactococcus lactis subsp. lactis, is the most widely used lantibiotic in the industrial sector (Delves-Broughton et al.
1996). Following its first successful application as a preservative in processed cheese products, it has since been used in numerous other foods and beverages, including beer, wine and low pH foods such as salad dressings. It is used in natural cheese production and as an adjunct in food processing (Delves-Broughton et al. 1996). It is also used in the treatment and prophylaxis of Helicobacter pylori associated peptic ulcer disease in humans (Blackburn and Projan 1994). Since nisin has also been demonstrated to be particularly bactericidal towards both Staphylococcus and Streptococcus species, it is used as an effective therapeutic agent in the treatment of bovine mastitis (Delves-Broughton et al. 1996).
Other lantibiotics also have numerous commercial applications. For example, the lantibiotic, mersacidin, produced by Bacillus subtilis HIL Y-85,54728 may be an alternative therapeutic agent for the treatment of staphylococcal infections since it is active in vivo against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) strains (Chatterjee et al. 1992).
U.S. Patent No. 5,667,991 (Koller et aI.) teaches a recombinant gene encoding mersacidin. U.S. Patent No. 5,112,806 (De Vos et al.) discloses pharmaceutical compositions containing mersacidin.
Several patents have been filed on the use of lantibiotics in other therapeutic combinations. U.S. Patent No. 5,458,876 (Monticello) discloses a composition for lysing Listeria monocytogenes containing lysozyme and either of the lantibiotics nisin and subtilin. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,512,269 and 5,683,675 (Molina y Vedia, et a~.) teach a method of facilitating the clearance of retained pulmonary secretions in a subject by administering lantibiotics topically to the lungs. U.S. Patent No.
5,043,176 discloses a synergistic antimicrobial composition consisting of an antimicrobial polypeptide, a buffering component and a hypothiocyanate component. U.S. Patent No. 5,670,138 discloses a lantibiotic mouth care product. A more comprehensive review of additional lantibiotics and their applications is found in Ray and Daeschel 1992, Klaenhammer 1993 and De Vuyst and Vandamme 1994.
Despite the widespread potential applications of lantibiotics, they are individually distinct in their bactericidal activity. This limitation creates a need for novel lantibiotics which can be used in the food and pharmaceutical industries.
The invention provides a novel peptide with features consistent with or characteristic of a lantibiotic, encoded by a gene of the invention. The invention also includes an isolated peptide produced from nucleic acid molecules described herein, including an isolated peptide produced from an expression vector.
In a preferred embodiment, the isolated peptide consists of the amino acid sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2 or an isolated peptide having at least 40% homology, 65% homology, 75% homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98% homology to the peptide of SEQ ID NO: 2. The peptide is preferably a lantibiotic. The peptide can be isolated from a group A streptococci cell. The invention also includes an isolated peptide consisting of at least 5 amino acids, 6 to 15 amino acids or 15 to 30 amino acids of the peptides described above.
The invention also contemplates a precursor of a polypeptide of the invention which when expressed in bacteria is converted after translation to the protein streptolysin A. In particular, the invention contemplates a prepeptide or precursor protein (SEQ
ID NO 2) having a propeptide part of the polypeptide (e.g. SEQ ID
NO. 6) fused to one or more leader sequences (e. g. SEQ~ID No.4).
Some or all of the leader sequences may be removed (e.g. SEQ ID
NO. 4) to provide a propeptide which is modified during biosynthesis to form a polypeptide having features consistent with a mature lantibiotic. See Figure 7 showing the proposed Gly-Gly cleavage site.
The invention provides a gene leader fragment encoding a peptide leader sequence which induces post-translational modification of amino acids selected from the group consisting of Cys, Ser, Thr, and mixtures thereof, the fragment comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 3. A polypeptide sequence is also provided which when attached as a leader to a protein precursor which undergoes post-translational modification, assists in inducing the modification, comprising a polypeptide having the biological function of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 4.
The invention also contemplates modifications of the prepeptides produced by coupling leader sequences from other lantibiotics including nisin, Pep5, subtilin, epilancin, epidermis, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysis L1 or L2, to a propeptide part of the protein (e. g. SEQ ID N0. 6). In addition, leader sequences of a polypeptide of the invention having a structure consistent with a lantibiotic can be coupled to propeptides of other lantibiotics including nisin, Peps, subtilin, epilancin, epidermis, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysis L1 or L2 (See Sahl et al Eur. J. Biochem. 230:827, 1995).
Polypeptides of the invention with features characteristic of a lantibiotic may be produced by inserting an expression vector containing a nucleic acid of the invention in a cell and expressing the peptide.
Still further the invention relates to methods for identifying substances that affect a polypeptide having characteristics of a lantibiotic. Such substances may be identified by determining if a test substance affects the conversion of a precursor of a polypeptide of the invention to the mature protein. The precursor or mature protein may be assayed using 3snown methods to determine the affect of the substance.
The invention also relates to food products, pharmaceutical compositions or vaccines containing these peptides, and to a method for producing a lantibiotic by inserting an expression vector in a cell and expressing the peptide.
Antibodies A polypeptide of the invention (e.g. SEQ ID NO 2, 4, or 6) S can be used to prepare antibodies specific for the polypeptides.
Antibodies can be prepared which bind a distinct epitope in an unconserved region of the polypeptide. An unconserved region of the polypeptide is one that does not have substantial sequence homology to other polypeptides. A region from a conserved region such as a well-characterized sequence can also be used to prepare an antibody to a conserved region of a polypeptide of the invention. Antibodies having specificity for a polypeptide of the invention may also be raised from fusion polypeptides created by expressing fusion polypeptides in host cells as described herein.
IS The invention can employ intact monoclonal or polycional antibodies; chimeric, single chain antibodies (see U.S. Pat No.
4,946,778), simianized antibodies, humanized antibodies (Jones, P.
et al., Nature 321:522, 1986 or Tempest et al., Biotechnology 9:266, 1991), immunologically active fragments (e.g. a Fab or (Fab)2 fragment), an antibody heavy chain, and antibody light chain, a genetically engineered single chain Fv molecule (Ladner et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778), or a chimeric antibody, for example, an antibody which contains the binding specificity of a marine antibody, but in which the remaining portions are of human 2S origin. Antibodies including monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies, fragments and chimeras, etc. may be prepared using methods known to those skilled in the art.
The antibodies of the invention may be used to isolate or to identify clones expressing a polypeptide of the invention or to purify the polypeptides using affinity chromatography. The antibodies of the invention may also be used in diagnostic and therapeutic applications as described herein.
Ac~lications of the Nuclaic Acid Molecules, Polvoectida , and Antibodies of the Invention 3S It would be apparent to one skilled in the art that the nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides of the invention may be employed as research reagents and materials for the discovery of treatments of, and diagnostics for disease, particularly human disease, as further discussed herein.
The nucleic acid molecules, SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide, and antibodies of the invention may be used in the diagnosis of disease. For example, they may have utility in the diagnosis of the stage of infection and the type of infection.
Eukaryotes (herein also " individuals" ), particularly mammals, and especially humans infected with an organism comprising a nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention may be monitored or diagnosed by detecting and/or localizing the nucleic acids and polypeptides of the invention.
The applications of the present invention also include methods for the identification of substances or compounds that modulate the biological activity of a polypeptide of the invention (See below). The substances and compounds, as well as polypeptides, nucleic acids, and antibodies of the invention, etc.
may be used for the treatment of diseases. (See below).
Diaanoetic Methods A variety of methods can be employed for the diagnostic and prognostic evaluation of diseases. Such methods may, for example, utilize nucleic acid molecules of the invention, and fragments thereof, and antibodies directed against polypeptides of the invention, including peptide fragments.
The methods described herein for detecting nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides can be used in the diagnosis of infectious diseases especially caused by GAS by detecting polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
The nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides of the invention are markers for group A streptococci and accordingly the antibodies and probes described herein may also be used to characterize a species or strain of GAS.
The methods described herein may be performed by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one specific nucleic acid or antibody described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings, to screen and diagnose patients and to screen and identify those individuals having a particular type or stage of infection.
Nucleic acid-based detection techniques and peptide detection techniques are described below. The samples that may be analyzed using the methods of the invention include those which are known or suspected to contain sagA or a polypeptide of the invention. The methods may be performed on biological samples including but not limited to cells, lysates of cells which have been incubated in cell culture, DNA (in solutions or bound to a solid support such as for Southern analysis), RNA (in solution or bound to a solid support such as for northern analysis), an extract from cells or a tissue, and biological fluids such as serum, urine, blood, and CSF. The samples may be derived from a patient or a culture.
Methods for Detectinc Nucleic Acid Molecules of th~ Invention The nucleic acid molecules of the invention allow those skilled in the art to construct nucleotide probes for use in the detection of nucleic acid sequences of the invention in biological materials. Suitable probes include nucleic acid molecules based on nucleic acid sequences encoding at least 5 sequential amino acids from regions of the SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide (see SEQ. ID. No. 1 or 3), preferably they comprise 15 to 30 nucleotides.
A nucleotide probe may be labeled with a detectable substance such as a radioactive label that provides for an adequate signal and has sufficient half-life such as 32p, 3g~ 14C
or the like. Other detectable substances that may be used include antigens that are recognized by a specific labeled antibody, fluorescent compounds, enzymes, antibodies specific for a labeled antigen, and luminescent compounds. An appropriate label may be selected having regard to the rate of hybridization and binding of the probe to the nucleotide to be detected and the amount of nucleotide available for hybridization. Labeled probes may be hybridized to nucleic acids on solid supports such as nitrocellulose filters or nylon membranes as generally described in Sambrook et al, 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.). The nucleic acid probes may be used to detect sagA
genes, preferably in human biological samples. The nucleotide probes may also be useful for example in the diagnosis or prognosis of infections particularly those caused by GAS, and in monitoring the progression of these conditions, or monitoring a therapeutic treatment.
The probe may be used in hybridization techniques to detect a sagA gene. The technique generally involves contacting and incubating nucleic acids (e. g. recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes) obtained from a sample from a patient or other cellular source with a probe of the present invention under conditions favourable for the specific annealing of the probes to complementary sequences in the nucleic acids. After incubation, the non-annealed nucleic acids are removed, and the presence of nucleic acids that have hybridized to the probe if any are detected.
The detection of nucleic acid molecules of the invention may involve the amplification of specific gene sequences using an amplification method such as PCR, followed by the analysis of the amplified molecules using techniques known to those skilled in the art. Suitable primers can be routinely designed by one skilled in the art.
Genomic DNA may be used in hybridization or amplification i5 assays of biological samples to detect abnormalities involving sagA structure, including point mutations, insertions, deletions, and chromosomal rearrangements. For example, direct sequencing, single stranded conformational polymorphism analyses, heteroduplex analysis, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, chemical mismatch cleavage, and oligonucleotide hybridization may be utilized.
Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the genotype of a reference sequence. Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to labeled sagA nucleic acid sequences.
Matched sequences can be distinguished from mismatched duplexes by RNase digestion or by differences in melting temperatures. DNA
sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of the DNA fragments in gels, with or without denaturing agents, or by direct DNA sequencing. Nuclease protection assays (e. g. RNase and S1 protection or a chemical cleavage method) may be used to detect sequence changes at specific locations.
Mutations or polymorphisms in a nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be detected by a variety of known techniques to allow for example, for serotyping. RT-PCR preferably in conjunction with automated detection systems (e.g. GeneScan) can be used. For example, primers derived from SEQ ID NO: 1 or 5 may be used to amplify nucleic acids isolated from an infected individual and the amplified nucleic acids may be subjected to various techniques for elucidation of the DNA sequence. Using this method, mutations may be detected and used to diagnose infection and to serotype and/or classify the infectious agent.
In an embodiment of the invention a method is provided for diagnosing disease, preferably bacterial infections, more preferably infections caused by GAS, comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual an increased level of expression of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, in particular a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:1 or 5. Increased or decreased expression of sagA nucleic acids may be measured using any of the methods well known in the art for the quantification of nucleic acids such as for example, amplification, PCR, RT-PCR, RNase production, Northern blotting, and other hydridization methods.
t5 Methods for Detectinc Polvceptides Antibodies specifically reactive with a SAG-A Polypeptide, a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, or derivatives, such as enzyme conjugates or labeled derivatives, may be used to detect SAG-A
Polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides in various biological materials. They may be used as diagnostic or prognostic reagents and they may be used to detect increased or decreased levels of SAG-A Polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides, expression, or abnormalities in the structure of the polypeptides. A diagnostic assay may be used to detect the presence of an infection by detecting increased levels of SAG-A polypeptide to a control.
Immunoassays as well as other techniques such as Western Blot analysis can be used to determine levels of a polypeptide of the invention.
In vitro immunoassays may also be used to assess or monitor the efficacy of particular therapies. The antibodies of the invention may also be used in vitro to determine the level of SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide expression in cells genetically engineered to produce a SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide.
Antibodies of. the invention may be used in any known immunoassays that rely on the binding interaction between an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide of the invention, and the antibodies. Examples of such assays are radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays te.g. ELISA), immunofluorescence, competitive binding *rB
assays, immunoprecipitation, latex agglutination, hemagglutination, and histochemical tests. The antibodies may also be used in Western Blot analysis. The antibodies may be used to detect and quantify polypeptides of the invention in a sample in order to determine their role in particular cellular events or pathological states, and to diagnose and treat such pathological states.
Cytochemical techniques known in the art for localizing antigens using light and electron microscopy may be used to detect a polypeptide of the invention. Generally, an antibody of the invention may be labeled with a detectable substance and a polypeptide may be detected based upon the presence of the detectable substance. Various methods of labeling antibodies are known in the art and may be used. Examples of detectable IS substances include, but are not limited to, the following:
radioisotopes (e.g. , 3 Fi, 1'C, 'sS, msl, 1'lI) , fluorescent labels (e. g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), luminescent labels such as luminol; enzymatic labels (e. g., horseradish peroxidase, ~i-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, acetylcholinesterase), biotinyl groups (which can be detected by marked avidin e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or calorimetric methods), predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e. g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags). In some embodiments, labels are attached via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Antibodies may also be coupled to electron dense substances, such as ferritin or colloidal gold, which are readily visualised by electron microscopy.
The antibody or sample may be immobilized on a carrier or solid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, antibodies, etc. For example, the carrier or support may be nitrocellulose, or glass, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite. The support material may have any possible configuration including spherical (e.g. bead), cylindrical (e.g. inside surface of a test tube or well, or the external surface of a rod), or flat (e. g. sheet, test strip). Indirect methods may also be employed in which the primary antigen-antibody reaction is amplified by the introduction of a second antibody, having specificity for the antibody reactive against a polypeptide of the invention. By way of example, if the antibody having specificity against a polypeptide of the invention is a rabbit IgG antibody, the second antibody may be goat anti-rabbit gamma-globulin labeled with a detectable substance as described herein.
Where a radioactive label is used as a detectable substance, a polypeptide of the invention may be localized by radioautography. The results of radioautography may be quantitated by determining the density of particles in the radioautographs by various optical methods, or by counting the grains.
Methods for Identifvina or 8valuatina Substanoea/Comaounds The methods described herein are designed to identify substances or compounds that modulate the activity of a SAG-A
Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide. " Modulate" refers to a change or an alteration in the biological activity of a polypeptide of the invention. Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in activity, a change in characteristics, or any other change in the biological, functional, or immunological properties of the polypeptide.
Substances and compounds identified using the methods of the invention include but are not limited to peptides such as soluble peptides including Ig-tailed fusion peptides, members of random peptide libraries and combinatorial chemistry-derived molecular libraries made of D- and/or L-configuration amino acids, phosphopeptides (including members of random or partially degenerate, directed phosphopeptide libraries), antibodies [e. g.
polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric, single chain antibodies, fragments, (e.g. Fab, F(ab)2, and Fab expression library fragments, and epitope-binding fragments thereof)], and small organic or inorganic molecules. A substance or compound may be an endogenous physiological compound or it may be a natural or synthetic compound.
Substances which modulate a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide can be identified based on their ability to interact with a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide.
Therefore, the invention also provides methods for identifying substances which interact with a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide. Substances identified using the methods of the invention may be isolated, cloned and sequenced using conventional techniques. A substance that interacts with a polypeptide of the invention may be an agonist or antagonist of the biological or immunological activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
The term "agonist", refers to a molecule that increases the amount of, or prolongs the duration of, the activity of the polypeptide. The term °antagonist" refers to a molecule which decreases the biological or immunological activity of the polypeptide. Agonists and antagonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that interact with a polypeptide of the invention.
Substances which can interact with a polypeptide of the 1S invention may be identified by reacting the polypeptide with a test substance which potentially interacts with the polypeptide, under conditions Which permit the interaction, and removing and/or detecting complexes of the polypeptides and substance. Substance-polypeptide complexes, free substance, non-complexed polypeptide, or activated golypeptide may be assayed. Conditions which permit the formation of complexes may be selected having regard to factors such as the nature and amounts of the substance and the polypeptide.
Substance-polypeptide complexes, free substances or 2S non-complexed poiypeptides may be isolated by conventional isolation techniques, for example, salting out, chromatography, electrophoresis, gel filtration, fractionation, absorption, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, agglutination, or combinations thereof. To facilitate the assay of the components, antibody against the polypeptide or the substance, or labelled polypeptide, or a labelled substance may be utilized. The antibodies, polypeptides, or substances may be labelled with a detectable substance as described above. A polypeptide, or the substance used in the method of the invention may be insolubilized.
In an embodiment of the invention, there are provided methods for identifying compounds which bind to or otherwise interact With and inhibit or activate an activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the invention. The method may comprise contacting a polypeptide of nucleic acid molecule of the invention with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to or other interaction between the compound and the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule to assess the binding to or other interaction with the compound, such binding or interaction being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding or interaction of the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule with the compound, and determining whether the compound binds to or otherwise interacts with and activates or inhibits an activity of the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule by detecting the presence or absence of a signal generated from the binding or interaction of the compound with the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule.
The invention also contemplates a method for evaluating a compound for its ability to modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention, by assaying for an agonist or antagonist (i.e.
enhancer or inhibitor3 of the interaction of the polypeptide with a substance that binds or otherwise interacts with the polypeptide. The basic method for evaluating if a compound is an agonist or antagonist of the interaction of a polypeptide of the invention and a substance that interacts with the polypeptide, is to prepare a reaction mixture containing the polypeptide and the substance under conditions which permit the formation of substance- polypeptide complexes, in the presence of a test compound. The test compound may be initially added to the mixture, or may be added subsequent to the addition of the polypeptide and substance. Control reaction mixtures without the test compound or with a placebo are also prepared. The formation of complexes is detected and the formation of complexes in the control reaction but not in the reaction mixture indicates that the test compound interferes with the interaction of the polypeptide and substance.
The reactions may be carried out in the liquid phase or the polypeptide, substance, or test compound may be immobilized as described herein.
The reagents suitable for applying the methods of the invention to evaluate compounds that modulate a polypeptide of the invention may be packaged into convenient kits providing the necessary materials packaged into suitable containers. The kits may also include suitable supports useful in performing the methods of the invention.
*rB
The nucleic acid sequences provided herein may be used in the discovery and development of antibacterial compounds. The encoded protein, upon expression, can be used as a target for the screening of antibacterial drugs. Additionally, the nucleic acid sequences encoding the amino terminal regions of the encoded protein or the translation facilitating sequences of the respective mRNA can be used to construct antisense sequences to control the expression of the coding sequence of interest.
Polypeptides of the invention that have characteristics of a lantibiotic may be used to design drugs. Since lantibiotics are gene-encoded peptides as opposed to peptide antibiotics synthesized by multi-enzyme complexes, site-directed mutagenesis can be used in the construction of modified SAG-A peptides. One skilled in the art is familiar with techniques to substitute amino acids for certain residues of SAG-A to optimize chemical and physical properties such as enhanced bactericidal action and stability. Techniques for the genetic engineering of ~~ new drugs"
are used to engineer SAG-A as has been done with the lantibiotic subtilin (Liu and Hansen 1992).
Vaccines The marked impairment in the virulence of two clinically relevant S. pyogenes strains by transposon insertion in the sag~1 promoter region shows that SAG-A plays an important role in GAS
pathogenesis. Therefore, antibodies directed against the SAG-A
peptide may provide protection against streptococcal infections and the peptide may be used in a human vaccine. The invention includes the antibodies, fragments of the antibodies and the hybridoma, which secretes the monoclonal antibodies.
Accordingly broadly stated, the invention contemplates a vaccine comprising an immunogenic polypeptide of the invention.
The polypeptides provided by the invention can be used to vaccinate a subject for protection from a particular disease, infection, or condition caused by an organism producing a SAG-A
polypeptide, particularly a GAS infection. A SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide (e.g, a fragment or variant), can be used to inoculate a host organism such that the host produces an active immune response (e. g. an antibody and/or T cell immune response) to the presence of the polypeptide which can later protect the host from infection by an organism producing the polypeptide. One skilled in the art will appreciate that an immune response especially a cell-mediated immune response to a polypeptide of the invention can provide later protection from reinfection or from infection from a closely related strain.
Immunization can be achieved through artificial vaccination (Kuby, J. Immunology W.H. Freeman and Co. New York, 1992). This immunization may be achieved by administering to individuals the polypeptide either alone or with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Immunogenic amounts of a polypeptide of the invention can be determined using standard procedures. Briefly, various concentrations of the polypeptide are prepared, administered to individuals, and the immunogenic response (e.g. production of antibodies or cell mediated immunity) to each concentration is determined. Procedures for monitoring the immunogenic response of individuals after inoculation with the polypeptide are well known.
For example, samples can be assayed using ELISA to detect the presence of specific antibodies, or lymphocytes, or cytokine production can be monitored. The specificity of a putative immunogenic antigen of a polypeptide can be determined by testing sera, other fluids or lymphocytes from the inoculated individual for cross-reactivity with any closely related poiypeptides.
The amount of the polypeptide administered will depend on the individual, the condition of the individual, the size of the individual etc. but will be at least an immunogenic amount. The polypeptide can be formulated with adjuvants and with additional compounds including cytokines, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Techniques for preparing or using vaccines are known in the art. To prepare the vaccine, the peptide, or a fragment of the peptide, may be mixed with other antigens, a vehicle or an excipient. Examples of peptide vaccines are found in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,679,352, 5,194,254 and 4,950,480. Techniques for preparing vaccines involving site directed mutagenesis are described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,714,372, 5,543,302, 5,433,945, 5,358,868, 5,332,583, 5,244,657, 5,221,618, 5,14?,643, 5,085,862 and 5,073,494. It will be appreciated that a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be chemically treated (e. g. glutaraldehyde) before it is used as a vaccine. Chemical treatment may substantially *rB
decrease or destroy the biological activity of the polypeptide.
The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant employed in a vaccine of the present invention can be selected by standard criteria (Arnon, R. (ed.) " Synthetic Vaccines" I:83-92, CRC
Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Fla., 1987). By ~ pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable that is, the material may be administered to an individual along with the selected compound without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in an undesirable manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical compositions in which it is contained. The carrier or adjuvant may depend on the method of administration and the particular individual.
Methods of administration can be oral, sublingual, mucosal, inhaled, absorbed, or by injection. Actual methods of preparing appropriate dosage forms are known or will be apparent to those skilled in the art. (See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Martin E.W. (ed) latest edition Mack Publishing Co.
Easton, Pa}.
Parenteral administration if used is generally characterized by injection. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions. A more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained (see for example U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795}.
It is also contemplated that immunization can be achieved by a genetic immunization approach. A nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be used in genetic immunization employing a suitable delivery system. Examples of such systems include direct injection of plasmid DNA into muscles (Wolff et al., Hum Mol Genet 1992, 1:363; Manthorpe et al Hum Gene Ther 1963, 4:419); delivery of DNA
complexed with specific protein carriers (Wu et al., J. Biol.
Chem, 1989: 264, 16985}; coprecipitation of DNA with calcium phosphate (Benvenisty & Reshef, PNAS 1986, 83: 9551), encapsulation of DNA in various forms of liposomes (Kaneda et al., Science 243:375, 1989); particle bombardment (Tang et al. Nature, 1992, 356:152, Eisenbraun et al, DNA Cell Biol 1993, 12:791); and in vivo infection using cloned retroviral vectors (Seeger et al, PNAS 81:5849, 1984).
In an embodiment of the invention, a peptide of the invention is used as a human vaccine for preventing streptococcal disease, such as necrotizing fasciitis (NF) and streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome (STSS).
Comvositions and Treatmeats The polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, substances or compounds identified by the methods described herein, antibodies, and antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used for modulating the activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the invention. The polypeptides etc. may have particular application in the treatment of diseases. Inhibitors or antagonists of a polypeptide of the invention having cytolytic IS activity may be used to treat disorders including diseases caused by streptococcal infections such as endocarditis, cellulitis, brain abscesses, glomerulonephritis, pneumonia, meningitis, osteomyelitis, pharyngitis, rheumatic fever, pneumonia, strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, necrotizing fasciitis, rheumatic carditis, and toxic shock.
Inhibitors and antagonists of a polypeptide of the invention are particularly useful in reducing tissue necrosis caused by an organism producing a polypeptide of the invention. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment the inhibitors or antagonists are used to treat necrotizing fasciitis.
A polypeptide of the invention which has characteristics of a lantibiotic (e.g. a SAG-A peptide) may be useful in both the pharmaceutical and food industries. It may exhibit antibacterial activity against a wide variety of gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria and it may be used as a food preservative, an antibacterial agent for medical use, a preservative for construction materials and/or paints, an antibacterial agent for horticultural use, a preservative for livestock feed, a preservative for fish feed, and the like, and it may be used as an antibacterial agent in a wide variety of fields.
The methods of preparing food preservative agents, including lantibiotics, and their use are well known in the art. For examples, see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,646,014, 5,453,420, 5,397,499, 5,260,271, 5,213,833, 5,026,856, 4,961,945, 4,728,376, 4,670,288, 4,538,002, 4,410,547, and 3,936,359. The applications for such polypeptides (e.g. SAG-A peptide) include some of the same uses of other lantibiotics known in the art. Some of the preferred advantages of the SAG-A peptide are due to its unique stability and solubility as compared with other lantibiotics when exposed to different food environments, features which are important when using SAG-A as a biopreservative. SAG-A may be used with a variety of solid, semi-solid and liquid food products. Also, the distinct antimicrobial activity of SAG-A against multidrug-resistant bacteria may be tested and characterized using techniques well known in the art.
Polypeptides of the invention having cytolytic activity may be used to lyse microbial and eukaryotic cells. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for lysing microbial and eukaryotic cells comprising contacting the cells with a polypeptide of the invention having cytolytic activity in an amount effective to lyse the cells. The cells include gram positive and gram negative procaryotic microorganisms (e.g. bacteria, fungi, viruses, or protozoans), neoplastic cells including lymphomas, leukemias, or carcinomas, or eukaryotic cells infected With an intracellular pathogenic microorganism. Cytolytic polypeptides of the invention may therefore be used to treat plants and animals against microbial infections, including bacterial, yeast, fungal, viral and protozoan infections and they may be used in the treatment of cancer. They may function synergistically with conventional therapeutic agents such as antibiotics and anti-cancer treatments, and they may be used as adjuvants.
Cytolytic polypeptides of the invention may be used to selectively lyse cells. Cells may be selectively lysed using a chimeric toxin comprising a cytolytic polypeptide of the invention operatively linked to a targeting agent. The polypeptide may be linked to the targeting agent via peptide linkages. The chimeric toxins allow therapeutic targeting of the toxic action of a cytolytic polypeptide of the invention to target cells such as tumor cells.
The targeting agent may be an any immunologic binding agent such as IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, F(ab~)2, a univalent fragment such as Fab~, Fab, Dab, as well as engineered antibodies such as recombinant antibodies, humanized antibodies, bispecific antibodies, and the like. Monoclonal antibodies that bind specifically to carcinoma-associated antigens including glycoproteins, glycolipids, and mucins may be employed in the chimeric toxins of the invention (See Fink et al. Prog. Clin.
Pathol. 9:121-33, 1984; U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,579 describing monoclonal antibodies to non-small cell lung carcinomas; U.S. Pat.
No. 4,753,894 describing monoclonal antibodies to human breast cancer; U.S. Pat. No. 4,579,827 describing monoclonal antibodies to human gastrointestinal cancer; U.S. Pat. No. 4,713,352 describing monoclonal antibodies to human renal carcinoma; U.S.
Pat. No. 4, 612,282 describing monoclonal antibody B72.3 recognizing a tumor-associated mucin antigen; U.S. Pat. No.
4,708,930 describing monoclonal antibody KC-4; Young et al J. Exp Med 150:1008, 1979, Kneip et aI J. Immunol 131(3):1591, 1983, Rosen et al Cancer Research 44:2052, 1984, Varki et al Cancer Research 44:681, 1984, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4, 507,391 and 4,579,827 describes monoclonal antibodies specific for glycolipid antigens associated with tumor cells).
Alternatively, growth factors, rather than antibodies, may be utilized as the reagents to target therapeutic agents to target cells. Any growth factor may be used for such a targeting purpose, so long as it binds to a target cell, generally by binding to a growth factor receptor present on the surface of such a cell. Suitable growth factors for targeting include, but are not limited to, VEGF/VPF (vascular endothelial growth factor/vascular permeability factor), FGF (which, as used herein, refers to the fibroblast growth factor family of proteins), TFG(3 (transforming growth factor beta), and pleitotropin. Preferably, the growth factor receptor to which the targeting growth factor binds should be present at a higher concentration on the surface of target cells (i.e. disease cells such as tumor cells) than on non-target cells (i.e. normal cells). Most preferably, the growth factor receptor to which the targeting growth factor binds should, further, be present at a higher concentration on the surface of target cells than on non-target cells.
A chimeric toxin of the invention may be produced using either standard recombinant DNA techniques or standard synthetic chemistry techniques, both of which are well known to those skilled in the art.
The polypeptides, substances, antibodies, and compounds of the invention may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo. By ~~biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo" is meant a form of the substance to be administered in which any toxic effects are outweighed by the therapeutic effects. The substances may be administered to living organisms including humans, and animals.
Administration of a therapeutically active amount of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention is defined as an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result. For example, a therapeutically active amount of a substance may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of antibody to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage regima may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. Dosages to be administered depend on individual patient condition, indication of the drug, physical and chemical stability of the drug, toxicity, the desired effect and on the chosen route of administration (Robert Rakel, ed., Conn's Current Therapy (1995, W.B. Saunders Company, USA)).
The compositions described herein can be prepared by per se known methods for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which can be administered to subjects, such that an effective quantity of the active substance is combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Suitable vehicles are described, for example, in Remington~s Pharmaceutical Sciences (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 18'h ed, (1990, Mack Publishing Company) and subsequent editions). On this basis, the compositions include, albeit not exclusively, solutions of the substances or compounds in association With one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents, and contained in buffered solutions with a suitable pH and iso-osmotic with the physiological fluids.
Pharmaceutical compositions used to treat patients having diseases, disorders or abnormal physical states could include SAG-A or another peptide of the invention and an acceptable vehicle or excipient. Examples of vehicles include saline and D5W (5%
dextrose and water). Excipients include additives such as a buffer, solubilizer, suspending agent, emulsifying agent, viscosity controlling agent, flavor, lactose filler, antioxidant, preservative or dye. There are preferred excipients for stabilizing peptides for parenteral and other administration. The excipients include serum albumin, glutamic or aspartic acid, phospholipids and fatty acids. The protein may be formulated in solid or semisolid form, for example pills, tablets, dreams, ointments, powders, emulsions, gelatin capsules, capsules, suppositories, gels or membranes.
Routes of administration include oral, topical, rental, parenteral (injectable), local, inhalant and epidural IS administration. The compositions of the invention may also be conjugated to transgort molecules to facilitate transport of the molecules. The methods for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which can be administered to patients are known in the art.
The polypeptides etc. and compositions of the invention may be used alone, or in combination with another pharmaceutically active agent.
The invention also contemplates an antibody that specifically binds the therapeutically active ingredient used in a treatment or composition of the invention. The antibody may be used to measure the amount of the therapeutic molecule in a sample taken from a patient for purposes of monitoring the course of therapy.
The nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide of the invention or any fragment thereof. or antisense sequences may be used for therapeutic purposes. Antisense to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention may be used in situations to block the synthesis of the polypeptide. In particular, cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to nucleic avid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypegtide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide. Thus, antisense sequences may be used to modulate activity or to achieve regulation of gene function. This technology is well known in the art, and sense or antisense oligomers or larger fragments, can be designed from various locations along the coding or regulatory regions of sequences encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
Expression vectors may be derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, herpes or vaccinia viruses or from various bacterial S plasmids for delivery of nucleic acid sequences to the target cells. Vectors that express antisense nucleic acid sequences of SAG-A Polypeptides can be constructed using techniques well known to those skilled in the art (see for example, Sambrook et al.).
Genes encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide can be turned off by transforming cells with expression vectors that express high levels of a nucleic acid molecule or fragment thereof which encodes a polypeptide of the invention. Such constructs may be used to introduce untranslatable sense or antisense sequences into a cell. Even if they do not integrate into the DNA, the vectors may continue to transcribe RNA molecules until all copies are disabled by endogenous nucleases. Transient expression may last for extended periods of time (e.g a month or more) with a non-replicating vector, or if appropriate replication elements are part of the vector system.
Modification of gene expression may be achieved by designing antisense molecules, DNA, RNA, or PNA, to the control regions of a sagA gene i.e. the promoters, and enhancers. Preferably the antisense molecules are oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site (e.g. between positions -10 and +1o from the start site). Inhibition can also be achieved by using triple-helix base-pairing techniques. Triple helix pairing causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules (see Gee J.E. et al (1994) In: Huber, B.E.
and B.I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, N.Y.). An antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by inhibiting binding of the transcript to the ribosomes.
Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. Ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may be engineered that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
Specific ribosome cleavage sites within any RNA target may be initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences:
GUA, GW, and GUC. Short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the cleavage site of the target gene may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuciease protection assays.
The activity of the substances, compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, and compositions of the invention may be confirmed in in vitro cell systems or in animal experimental model systems (e. g. the dermonecretic mouse model described herein).
The following non-limiting examples are illustrative of the present invention:
BXAMPLBS
Facample 1. Characterization of sagA.
The sagA gene has features that are fundamental for encoding a functional transcript, specifically, consensus promoter elements upstream of an ATG start codon (Fig. 2). Also, Northern blot analyses have revealed that while sagA is transcriptionally active in the wild-type parent strains, mRNA transcripts are not produced in the non-hemolytic transconjugants. Based on sequence analysis, sagA encodes a 53 amino acid peptide containing a long string of cysteine residues spanning seven out of nine consecutive residues.
Its estimated translational size is consistent with the findings of Lai and colleagues (1978) that suggest SLS is a low molecular weight protein. Therefore, sagA is the proposed structural gene for SLS. The absence of features characteristic of a DNA binding regulator or processing enzyme shows that the gene is not encoding for a regulatory element of SLS. The sagA sequence is unique as it lacks homology with all known regulatory or structural determinants.
The amino acid sequence analysis of the sagA translational product revealed that a characteristic lantibiotic double glycine motif cleavage site (GG) is present 22 and 23 residues from the amino terminus, with a corresponding proline residue at position 21 also common to many lantibiotics (Sahl et al. 1995). As peptide cleavage has been shown to play a fundamental role in the biosynthesis of all lantibiotics, the presence of such a site in the SAG-A peptide shows a significant similarity between SAG-A and other lantibiotics. Moreover, if the SAG-A peptide were cleaved at this site, the two fragments generated would be of similar size and amino acid composition as those generated by the proteolytic cleavage of other lantibiotics. In particular, the unusually high percentage composition of cysteine, serine and threonine residues in the C-terminal fragment of SAG-A is characteristic of the lantibiotic pro-peptide or active fragment and shows that this domain of the SAG-A peptide represents the active lantibiotic/hemolysin. A distinct separation of the cysteine residues in the amino half of the 5AG-A pro-peptide and the serine residues in its carboxy terminus is characteristic of the type-A
group of lantibiotics (Jung 1991). In addition, the post-translational modification of cysteine residues may account for the lack of cysteine content in previously reported amino acid compositions of SLS (Alouf and Geoffroy 1988; Koyama 1963), as free cysteines are never found in lantibiotics. Also, the presence of intra-molecular rings formed by the thioether amino acids, lanthionine and 3-methyllanthionine, derived from the N-terminal cysteine residues in the putative pro-peptide of SAG-A may account for the previous unsuccessful attempts by Alouf (1988) to sequence SLS by Edman degradation. Finally, in terms of function, the association of SAG-A with hemolysis parallels the membrane and pore-forming ability of several lantibiotics of the type-A
category. In particular, Brock and Davie (1963) showed that the hemolytic activity of the lantibiotic cytolysin LL/LS, produced by Enterococcus faecalis, correlates with its bacteriocin action.
Interestingly, studies of the enterococcal cytolysin were first initiated because of its potential role as a virulence factor in infectious disease.
8RP$RI>IO;NTS LBADINO TO THB IDENTIFICATION OF T8B sagA Q8N8 Examples 2-12 describe in detail the studies leading to the identification of the sagA gene and its role in virulence.
8xamole 2 - Generation of non-hamolvtic tranaconiuQanta.
In this investigation, SLS-deficient Tn916 mutants were generated from two strains of GAS. Each of the wild-types were associated with severe streptococcal disease in humans (Musser et al. 1993; Schlievert et al. 1977). The mutants were compared to wild- type using a murine model of subcutaneous streptococcal infection, and a gene associated with SLS production designated sagA, for streptolysin S-associated gene, was identified. Non-hemolytic, tetracycline resistant transconjugants resulted from mating GAS strains MGAS166s and TlBPs with the Tn916 donor strain E. faecalis CG110 at a frequency of 10-' fox both recipients.
Transconjugants maintained the non-hemolytic phenotype after subculture on selective media. When Tn916 excision assays were conducted on non-hemolytic transconjugants derived from TlBPs and MGAS166s, the wildtype, beta-hemolytic phenotype was restored and detected as a zone of beta-hemolysis within a confluent mat of non-hemolytic bacteria. The frequency of excision of Tn916 was in the order of 10-° and 10-' for SBNfiS and SH30-2, respectively.
Because of the low frequency of Tn916 excision, it was necessary to screen fox hemolytic revertants on a confluent mat of bacteria.
Bxam~le 3 - aeaetic characterizatioa of the aoa-hamolvtic transconiuaaats and hemolvtic revertaate.
The Tn916 probe used spanned the only HindIII restriction site within Ta916. Cleavage at this site divides the transposon into two fragments of approximately 6 kb and 12 kb (Clewell et al. 1993). After HindIII digestion, each copy of Tn916 which has integrated into the chromosome of the recipient strains yields two bands that hybridize with the probe. Two HindIII fragments, approximately 14 and 7.8 kb, from each of the non-hemolytic mutants derived from MGAS166s hybridized with the tetM probe. For each non-hemolytic mutant derived from TlBPs, HindIII fragments of 14 and 6.5 kb hybridized with the tetM probe. This pattern was seen even in those non-hemolytic transconjugants which possessed more than a single insertion (Fig. 1). Two non-hemolytic transconjugants derived from Tl8Ps, designated SB30-2 and one from MGAS166s, designated SBNHS, were chosen for further study.
Excision of Tn916 from SB30-2 and SBNHS was permitted by growth in the absence of tetracycline and confirmed by detecting tetracycline susceptible, hemolytic revertants. Restoration of the wild phenotype is consistent with previous reports that Tn916 is capable of precise excision (Gawron-Burke and Clewell 1984). Two revertants were selected for further analysis, NHSrev and 30-2rev, derived from SBNH5 and SB30-2 respectively. Neither revertant hybridized with the tetM specific probe and excision of Tn916 was precise as it resulted in restoration of the hemolytic phenotype.
Bxam~la 4 - Analysis of Tn9I6 insertion site.
In order to identify the wild-type region into which Tn916 inserted, a genomic library of MGAS166s was generated using the low copy number plasmid, pACYCl84. Clones containing the wild-type region corresponding to the insertion site of Tn916 were identified using a 2.2 kb PI-PCR product which was generated using Tn916 derived outward reading primers. Three clones were identified containing a 3.8 kb fragment which hybridized with the Tn916 flanking region probe. A single clone, SL-1, was chosen for further analysis. Confirmation that the 3.8 kb insert in pSL-1 corresponded to the region interrupted by Tn916 insertion in the wildtype was done by probing HindIII digested genomic DNA from both MGAS166s and SBNHS with the 3.8 kb insert. A single band at 3.8 kb was detected in MGAS166s while two bands, at approximately 14 and 7.8 kb were detected in SBNHS.
The entire 3.8 kb insert in pSL-1 was sequenced in both directions yielding a fragment of exactly 3,732 bp. Analysis of the sequence using the Wisconsin GCG computer program identified several putative ORF~s. However, only a single ORF, designated sagA, demonstrated nearly all of the conserved elements of a functional transcript (Fig. 2). A consensus Shine-Dalgarno (AGGAGG) sequence is located exactly 10 by upstream of the ATG
start codon. Approximately 150 by upstream of this site is the -l0 promoter (TATAAT), and 167 by upstream of this lies the -35 promoter region sequence of TTTACA. The sagA ORF appears to code for a peptide of 53 amino acids which is devoid of a signal sequence. It is also interesting to note the unusual presence of several cysteine residues near the amino terminal; seven cysteines, five consecutive, followed by two tyrosines, followed by two more cysteine residues. Analysis of the sequence of sagA
using FASTA and BLAST searches failed to detect significant homology with other known sequences. Furthermore, the sequence of sagA was not found in the Oklahoma GAS genomic sequence data base.
To determine the exact insertion site of Tn916, PCR products were generated using primers based on the known 3.8 kb sequence coupled with outward reading primers from Tn916. PCR products were sequenced and allowed precise determination of the Tn916 insertion point Which was midway within the putative promoter region of sagA, 11 by downstream of the -35 element and 6 by upstream of the -10 TATA box.
Sequence analysis of PCR products of the genomic DNA
flanking Tn916 derived from SB30-2 confirmed that Tn9I6 insertion was in exactly the same locus. Furthermore, Tn916 was oriented in the same direction as it was in SBNHS.
Sxaamle 5 - Transcription of aavA.
To show that sagA was transcribed, RNA was isolated from MGAS166s and SBNH5 and probed with DNA corresponding only to sagA
(Fig. 3). A transcript was detected in RNA isolated from MGAS166s which gave a maximal signal at 4-6 hours post mid-log phase. The transcription product corresponded to a size of approximately 400 by which was in keeping with the expected size of an mRNA product from sagA. No detectable transcript was observed from RNA
isolated from SBNHS at any time point. Probing the same membranes with the 16s rRNA probe did not yield any differences between RNA
from MGAS166s and SBNHS.
Example 6 - M-tvninc of mutants.
M-typing of non-hemolytic transconjugants confirmed that M-protein was produced and both SB30-2 and SBNH5 had the same M-protein phenotype as their M18 and M1 parent strains respectively.
No difference in M-protein quantity was seen between MGAS166s and SBNHS by Western blotting using a monoclonal antibody to the constant region of M1 protein.
Example 7 - Hemolytic activity.
The non-hemolytic mutants SBNH5 and SB30-2 showed no beta-hemolysis on blood agar indicating that SLS activity had been ablated. Hemolysis profiles were identical to ATCC27762 which does not produce SLS but does produce SLO (Bernheimer 1954). An assay specific for SLO conducted under reducing conditions showed continued SLO production in all strains of GAS tested. Hemolysis was detected in the presence of the SLS inhibitor trypan blue but not in the presence of both trypan blue and the SLO inhibitor cholesterol (Table 2). SLS production peaked at late log phase for MGAS166s whereas there Was no detectable SLS activity for SBNHS at all points measured. These results confirm that SLO was not affected by the insertion of Tn9I6 and the absence of beta-hemolysis was attributable to the loss of SLS activity, a profile similar to the SLS-deficient Tn9I6 insertion mutants of Nida and Cleary (1983).
BxamDle 8 - Growth rate comaarisoas.
To determine if the mutation conferred by Tn9~6 insertion had affected growth in addition to ablating SLS activity, the growth rates of the mutants were compared to their parent strains.
There was no difference between the growth rate of either SB30-2 or SBNHS when each strain was compared to its respective parent strain.
8xampla 9 - Protein and hvaluronic acid capsule vroduction.
There was no difference in production of cell-associated and extracellular proteins, resolved by SDS-PAGE, between the non-hemolytic mutants and their parent strains suggesting that the Tn916 had no gross pleiotropic effect. In addition, hyaluronic acid production was measured and strains were tested for DNase and caseinase activity. Both non-hemolytic insertion mutants retained their respective wild types in all three assays (Table 3).
8xxsamla 10 - Reduced virulence of SLS deficient transconiuaants.
Reproducible, non-lethal lesions were generated following injection of 106 CFU MGAS166s and 10' CFU TlBPs subcutaneously into mice. The difference in inoculum size, needed to produce the same virulence profile, is likely due to inherent differences in virulence between M1 and Mle serotypes of GAS.
The non-hemolytic transconjugants, SB30-2 and SBNAS, showed markedly reduced virulence compared to their wild-type counterparts. Mice infected with 106 CFU of the wildtype strain MGAS166s exhibited a mean weight loss, -1.16 ~ 0.42 g, compared to mice Which received either SBNH5 or sterile cytodex alone (p<0.05, Fisher's PSLD). Mice which received 106 CFU of SBNH5 demonstrated a mean weight gain of +1.15 t 0.2 g in the first 24 hours after injection. This change in weight was not significantly different from the mean weight gain of +1.44 t 0.29 g seen in the uninfected controls (Fig. 4). Similarly, mice injected with lob CFU of the wildtype hemolytic TlBPs exhibited a significant mean weight loss, -0.66 t 0.28 g, in the first 24 hours after infection when compared to the weight gain observed in mice which received the i same infective dose of the non-hemolytic SB30-2, +0.54 ~ 0.13 g (p<0.05 Fisher's PS7~D) .
None of the nine mice which received the non-hemolytic transconjugant SBNHS developed a necrotic lesion, while 7 of the 9 mice (78%) which received the wildtype MGAS166s developed necrotic lesions (p=0.0007, Fisher s Exact test). Similarly, of the nine mice which received SB30-2, only one mouse (11%) developed a necrotic lesion compared to a of the 9 mice (89%) which developed necrotic lesion when injected with the wildtype Tl8Ps (p=0.001, Fisher s Exact test). Data for the M1 and M18 strain were similar to each other in two separate experiments.
Two phenotypic revertants, 30-2rev and NHSrev, from which Ta916 had excised, derived from SB30-2 and SBNH5 respectively were compared to the wild types, TlBPs and MGAS166s. The number of necrotic lesions and weight changes were not significantly different from that produced by the wild type in each case.
Sxamole 11 - Gross and histoloaical characterization of infected tissue.
In mice which were infected with MGAS166s, initial examination of the lesions revealed indurated zones surrounded by edema. The indurated zones subsequently progressed, yielding centralized ulceration and necrosis which did not penetrate the underlying musculature (Fig. 5). MGAS166s produced a maximum mean necrotic lesion size of 90.4 mmz. No necrotic lesions were observed in animals infected with SBNHS, though some animals did develop slight localized edema within 24 hours of infection similar to the mice which received sterile cytodex. Animals infected with the M18 strains, TlBPs and SB30-2, showed a similar pattern when comparing the wild-type with the non-hemolytic mutant. The maximum mean necrotic lesion area was 31 mm~ in animals infected with T18P. For the single animals which were infected with SB30-2 and developed lesions in two separate experiments, the maximum area was 10 mmz.
Twenty four hours post infection, biopsies of tissue from animals which had been infected with MGA5166s, differed histologically from SBNFiS or sterile cytodex inoculated animals.
Sections of tissue from mice which received MGAS166s demonstrated evidence of profuse acute inflammation with dense infiltration of neutrophils and tissue necrosis. Biopsies obtained from mice which received SBNHS did not show evidence of acute inflammation and no tissue damage was evident (Fig. 6). Gram staining of the sections revealed Gram positive cocci distributed throughout the tissue obtained from mice infected with MGAS166s, while tissue from mice which received SBNH5 failed to demonstrate any bacteria in all fields scanned. Examination of hematoxylin and eosin stained or Gram stained tissue sections from mice which received SBNFi5, did not show an appreciable difference compared with tissue from mice which received a sterile cytodex injection.
Example 12 - Culturing of lesions.
To determine if the phenotype of the infecting strains had remained the same as the injected organisms, lesions were cultured from animals which had received either MGAS166s or SBNH5 after 1 and 5 days. As there were no necrotic lesions on mice infected with SBNH5, the erythematous injection site, comparable in size to the lesion on the mice which received sterile cytodex, was excised for culturing. All lesions from animals which received MGAS166s grew tetracycline susceptible, hemolytic GAS. However, no organisms grew from tissue cultured at either 1 or 5 days from mice which had received SBNH5. In two separate experiments, one out of 9 mice infected with SB30-2 developed necrotic lesions from which hemolytic, tetracycline susceptible, GAS were cultured.
Animals infected with SB30-2 received an inoculum of 10~ CFU, probably sufficient to permit the emergence of revertants from which Tn9I6 had excised. Growth of the revertants may explain the production of the small necrotic lesion in animals infected with the non-hemolytic SB30-2 in two separate experiments.
Sxamnle 13. - Expression of the Sag-A Peptide A translational fusion between the C-terminal portion of the Escherichia coli produced maltose-binding protein (MBP) gene and the sagA sequence is constructed to allow the expression and subsequent purification of large quantities of the SAG-A peptide.
Expression systems that have all the components required for the correct post-translational modifications of the precursors and are known in the art are examined for the expression of the SAG-A
peptide. Expression systems have been described for nisin, subtilin, epidermis and Peps (Saris et al. 1996).
Example 14. - Antibodies directed to SACi-A
Subsequent to its purification, the MBP-SAG-A fusion protein is used to raise antibodies in rabbits. Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies are prepared according to established techniques (Harlow E & Lane D (1988). Antibodies: a laboratory manual. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. New York). The protective role of anti-SAG-A antibodies was also identified in an animal model of infection. In addition, in vitro hemolysis inhibition studies are performed to characterize SAG-A specific antibodies that abrogate BLS activity.
Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies are prepared according to other techniques known in the art. For examples of methods of the preparation and uses of monoclonal antibodies, see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,688,681, 5,688,657, 5,683,693, 5,667,781, 5,665,356, 5,591,628, 5,510,241, 5,503,987, 5,501,988, 5,500,345 and 5,496,705. Examples of the preparation and uses of polyclonal antibodies are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,512,282, 4,828,985, IS 5,225,331 and 5,124,147.
MATERIALS AND MSTFFODS USED 80R SXAMPhBS 1-12 Bacterial strains and culture conditions. Strains used in this investigation are listed in Table 1. Gram positive bacteria were grown in Todd-Hewitt broth (Oxoid, Basingstoke, England) or on Columbia agar (Oxoid) plates containing 5% defibrinated sheep blood (WOOdlyn Laboratories, Guelph, ON). When antibiotic selection was required, 2000 ug/ml streptomycin (Sigma Laboratories, St. Louis, MO) and 5 ~g/ml tetracycline (Sigma) were added to the appropriate media. Escherichia coli were propagated using Luria Bertani (LB) broth (Difco). When appropriate, 25 ~g/ml tetracycline and/or 50 ug/ml chloramphenicol were added to the media. Strains T18P, MGAS166, and CG110 were kindly provided by Drs. Patrick Schlievert, (University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN), James Musser (Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX) and Don Clewell (University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI) respectively.
Escherichia coli strain RN6851 (pRN6680) contains a 2.2 kb tetM
gene from Tn551 cloned into pBS-bluescript and was provided by Dr.
Barry Krieswirth (New York Public Health Research Institute, New York, NY).
M-typing and quantatation. Serotyping of recipient and non-hemolytic transconjugants was conducted by the National Reference Center for Streptococci (Edmonton, AB) in a blinded fashion according to standard techniques (Griffith 1934). M protein was quantitated by Western blot using monoclonal antibody to the constant region of the M1 protein (kindly performed by Vincent Fischetti, Rockefeller University) using published methods (Fischetti et aI. 1985).
Generation of transconjugants. Strains MGAS166 and T18P were made resistant to streptomycin by plating each strain on Columbia blood agar containing streptomycin and selecting a colony which became spontaneously resistant to streptomycin. Tn9I6 was mobilized from Enterococcus faecalis CG110 to MGAS166s and TlBPs by a variation of a method described by Nida et al. (1983). Cells of recipient and donor were added to a non-selective Columbia blood agar plate in a ratio of 1:1, which corresponded to 107 CFU of each strain, and the entire plate was cross-streaked using a sterile loop.
After overnight incubation at 37°C in 5% C02 the bacterial mat was replica-plated using Acutran sterile replicators (Schleicher and Schuell, Keene, NH) to selective media containing tetracycline and streptomycin. Non-hemolytic transconjugants were chosen which were devoid of a beta-hemolytic phenotype and were passaged at least l0 times on selective media to ensure stability of the mutant phenotype. Lancefield grouping was conducted on the non-hemolytic transconjugants (Prolab, Richmondhill, ON) as outlined by the manufacturer.
Southern hybridization aaalysis. A probe specific for the tetM
gene of Tn9I6 was used to identify the transposon insertion in the transconjugants. The tetM determinant was amplified from pRN6680 by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using T3/T7 universal primers (Stratagene Cloning Systems, LaJolla, CA) and parameters recommended by the manufacturer. The PCR product was confirmed by its size on a 0.7% agarose gel and was purified from the gel using the Qiaex II Gel Extraction Kit (Qiagen, Chatsworth, CA). The purified product was labeled using the enhanced chemiluminescence (ECL) direct labeling system (Amersham, oakville, ON) as outlined by the manufacturer. Genomic DNA was isolated from GAS as previously described (O'Connor and Cleary 1983). DNA was digested with HindIII (Boehringer-Mannheim, Laval, PQ), subjected to 0.7%
agarose gel electrophoresis, transferred to Hybond N+ nylon membranes (Amersham) and probed with the enhanced chemiluminescence labeled tetM specific probe as indicated by the manufacturer.
Cloning and sequencing. Genomic DNA from MGAS166s was digested i with HindIII, ligated into the HindIII site of pACYC184 (New England Biolabs, Mississauga, ON) and transformed into E. coli DHSaMCR high efficiency competent cells (Gibco BRL, Burlington, ON} using standard techniques (Gilman 1997). Plasmid DNA from transformants was isolated by alkaline lysis (Maniatis et al.
1989) and dot blotted by vacuum suction onto Hybond N+ membranes.
In order to identify transformants harboring the sequence disrupted by Tn916 in SBNHS, a probe based on the sequence flanking the transposon in SBNH5 was generated by partial-inverse PCR (PI-PCR) as follows (Pang and Knedt 1997). Genomic DNA from SBNHS was digested with HindIII, self-ligated and used as a template with outward reading primers based on the ends of Tn916.
The resulting amplicon consequently consisted of the sequence flanking Tn916 and was used as a probe for identifying transformants from MGAS166s harbouring the sequence associated with SLS production. Sequencing was done commercially (Mobix, Inc., Hamilton, ON) using an automated sequencer (Applied Biosystems, Oakville, ON) according to manufacturer s guidelines.
Analysis of sequence data was done using the Wisconsin GCG
sequence analysis software as well as the FASTA algorithm and BLAST search engines of the National Biotechnology Institute.
Northern Analysis. Total RNA was extracted using Trizol (Gibco BRL) according to manufacturers directions. RNA was isolated from bacteria at mid-log phase (O.D.sso=0.6 - 0.8) and then every two hours thereafter for a maximum of ten hours. Total RNA was standardized spectrophotometrically and resolved using 1.9%
formaldehyde/agarose gels. RNA electrophoresis and Northern blot transfer were performed using standard techniques (Gilman 1997).
DNA probes were labeled with a"PdCTP using Ready-to-Go DNA
labeling beads (Pharmacia Biotech, PQ) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Integrity of the RNA was checked simultaneously by probing all samples with a conserved 16S rRNA
sequence.
Bxcieion of Tn916. Phenotypic revertants were produced in a manner similar to that described by Nida and Cleary (1983).
Briefly, 106 CFU, determined by an optical density at 550 nm (O.D.55p) of 1.0-1.2, of a late log phase culture of non-hemolytic transconjugants were inoculated into 50 ml of non-selective Todd-Hewitt broth. After overnight incubation, 108 CFU were plated onto a single non-selective blood agar plate. Following overnight incubation, zones of hemolysis were identified within the bacterial mat, and colonies within the hemolytic zones were S subcultured on non-selective media to isolate the hemolytic revertants. Tetracycline resistance was determined by growth on Columbia blood agar plates containing tetracycline (5 Ng/ml}.
Growth rate analysis. To determine the growth rate of wildtype and mutant GAS, lOml of THB was inoculated with a single colony.
Mutants were grown in the presence of tetracycline. After overnight growth 106 CFU were used to inoculate 50 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth. O.D.55o readings using a Beckman spectrophotometer (Beckman Instruments Inc., Fullerton, CA) were taken at the time of inoculation and every hour subsequently for a period of 12 hours. Actual CFU at each time point were confirmed by serial dilutions and plating on Columbia blood agar.
Hemolysis assays. To confirm that SLO was still being produced by the non-hemolytic mutants, assays similar to those previously described by Smyth and Duncan were employed (Smyth and Duncan 1978). Late-log phase cultures (O.D.550 = 1.0-1.2) of GAS were centrifuged to pellet bacteria. Culture supernatants (750 ~1) were reduced by adding L-cysteine to a final concentration of 20 mM and incubating at ambient temperature for 10 min. An equal volume of a 5% solution of sheep erythrocytes, washed three times in 0.15 M
sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.8 (PBS), and resuspended in the same buffer, was added to culture supernatants and samples were incubated at 37°C for 60 min. After centrifugation, the optical density of the supernatant Was read at 540 nm to determine the release of hemoglobin. An equivalent amount of lysed erythrocytes suspended in sterile Todd-Hewitt broth was used as a control to represent 100% hemolysis and sample values were recorded as a fraction of this value. Trypan blue (Sigma), at a final concentration of 13 ~g/ml, and cholesterol (Sigma), at a final concentration of 0.5 mg/ml were used as inhibitors of SLS and SLO
respectively. ATCC 21547 (SLO+, SLS+) and 27762 (SLO+, SLS-) were used as control strains (Table 1).
SLS activity Was also measured during early, mid and late log phase using the above method, overnight broth cultures of MGAS166s and SBNHS were subcultured in Todd-Hewitt broth and samples withdrawn hourly for a hours and immediately frozen at -70°C. Samples were thawed and bacteria pelleted by centrifugation. Serial dilutions of culture supernatant were added to PBS-washed 5% rabbit erythrocytes and incubated at 37°C for 60 min. Cells were removed by centrifugation and the O.D. determined as above.
Preparation of ~xtracellular and call associated proteins.
Bacteria were grown in 200 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth and samples were collected at either mid-log phase (O.D.SSO=0~6) or late-log phase (O.D.SSO=1.0-1.2). Bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 15 min at 4°C. Ammonium sulfate was added to the culture supernatants gradually with constant shaking at 4°C until solution reached e0% saturation. After mixing gently overnight at 4°C, tubes were centrifuged at 10,000 rpm and supernatant was discarded. Ammonium sulfate precipitate was dissolved in 2 ml of 0.01 M ammonium bicarbonate (pH 7.0) and dialyzed against the same solution using Slide-A-Lyzer dialysis cassettes (Pierce Chemical Co., IL) overnight at 4°C. Dialysate samples were boiled for 5 min in SDS-PAGE loading buffer (Lamemelli 1970), resolved using a l0% SDS-polyacrylamide gel and stained with Coomassie brilliant blue R.
For analysis of cellular proteins, bacteria were grown in 10 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth and bacteria were pelleted when they reached mid-log or late-log phase. Supernatants were discarded and the pellets Were resuspended in 15 ~tl of 0.1% Triton X
(Sigma) and 25 mM PBS (pH 7.2), and vortexed briefly. After incubating cells at 37°C for 30 min, 15 ~1 of SDS-PAGE loading buffer was added and samples were resolved as described above.
Production of caseinas~ and DNaea. Caseinase activity was determined by the method of Wheeler et al. (Wheeler et al. 1991).
DNase production was determined using commercial media (Difco, Detroit, MI). In both assays, an equivalent inoculum of late-log phase organisms was spotted onto assay plates. Plates were incubated anaerobically overnight and zones of opacity or clearing were measured to determine caseinase or DNase activity respectively. SBNH5 and SB30-2 were tested with and without 5 ug/ml of tetracycline in the media.
Quantitatioa of hyaluronic acid. Bacteria were grown in 150 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth to an O.D.sso of 0.6 - 0.8. Mutants were grown in the presence of tetracycline. Aliquots of the cultures were removed, serially diluted and subcultured to confirm the exact number of CFU. The bacterial pellet was harvested by centrifugation and washed once with sterile distilled water. The pellet was resuspended in 1.5 ml of water and an equal volume of chloroform was added, mixed vigorously and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was centrifuged to separate the aqueous phase from the chloroform. The aqueous phase was used in the carbazole method of uronic acid quantitation as described by Knutson et aI (Knutson and Jeanes 1969). Human umbilical hyaluronic acid (Sigma) was used as a standard.
Dermoaecrotic mouse modal. Virulence of GAS strains was determined using a dermonecrotic mouse model as previously described (Bunce et al. 1992). Organisms were grown to mid-log phase (O.D,55p = 0.6 - 0.8) in Todd-Hewitt broth with appropriate antibiotic selection. A 100 ~1 volume of mid-log phase organisms was mixed with an equal volume of sterilized cytodex beads (Sigma) suspended in PBS at a concentration of 20 ~g/mL. The 200 gel cytodex/bacterial suspension was injected subcutaneously in the right flank of hairless, 4 week-old, male, crl:SKH1(hrhr)Br mice (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) weighing 15-20 g using a 1 ml tuberculin syringe. Nine animals were injected for each strain examined. Viable counts were performed on all cultures to confirm the exact number of CFU injected. Animals were weighed immediately prior to inoculation and every 24 hours subsequently fox a total of 5 days. The length and width of the lesions were measured daily by an observer blinded to the identity of the infecting strain. The wound area (A) was determined by A=(LxW)/2 where L is the longest axis and W is the shortest axis.
Culturing of necrotic laeioas and histopathology. To determine the phenotypes of the organisms in the lesions, a single animal was randomly chosen from each group 24 and 120 hours after infection and euthanized. The wounds were excised from euthanized animals and divided equally. One half of each lesion was cultured and the remainder was used for the preparation of histological specimens. Tissue for culture was suspended in 1 ml of sterile PBS and then ground in a sterile tissue homogenizer. Aliquots of the PBS/tissue homogenate were serially diluted and inoculated on either selective or non-selective Columbia blood agar plates and scored for beta-hemolysis. Histologic sections were prepared by immersion in 10% buffered formalin and embedded in paraffin.
Sections were stained with hematoxylin and eosin or tissue. Gram stain (Brown-Benn stain) and examined by light microscopy by a pathologist blinded to the source of the biopsies.
Statistics. Statistical analysis was conducted as described previously (Bunce et al. 1992). Group means for weight loss and lesion size were compared among groups by using analysis of variance (ANOVA). Post hoc tests were done using Fisher's protected least significant difference (Fisher s PSLD). P values reported, refer to the ANOVA tests. Significant differences between pairs of groups were reported if P < 0.05. Fisher's Exact test was used to compare counts of abscesses and dermonecrotic lesions.
Example 15 Using Tn917 mutagenesis followed by chromosome walking steps, eight genes located immediately downstream of sagA have been shown to be important for SLS production. Furthermore, the inactivation of each of these genes with the vector pVE6007 has lead to the generation of non-hemolytic mutants. The virulence of six of these mutants was examined by using a dermonecrotic mouse model as previously described (see above). The results are shown in Table 4. In contrast to mice infected with the wild-type strain, NZ131, those infected with sagA,E and F produced no necrotic lesion. However, due to the excision of the plasmid from the chromosome and hence reversion to their hemolytic phenotype, those mice infected with sagB,D and G produced lesions similar to NZ131. Mutants for sagX and sagl have not been tested. From these data, it can be concluded that sagA, E and F play an important role in the virulence of N2131.
The present invention has been described in terms of particular embodiments found or proposed by the present inventors to comprise preferred modes for the practice of the invention. It will be appreciated by those of skill in the art that, in light of the present disclosure, numerous modifications and changes can be made in the particular embodiments exemplified without departing from the intended scope of the invention. All such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.
All articles, patents and other documents described in this application are incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or document was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. They are also incorporated to the extent that they supplement, explain, provide a background for, or teach methodology, techniques and/or compositions employed herein.
i TABLg 1. and relevantproperties Bacterial strains Strain Relevant Reference Comments Phenotype S.pyogenes T18P MlB,St',Tc',SLS"Schilvert Isolate associated with 1977 rheumatic fever MGAS166 Ml,St',Tc',SLS"Musser Invasive clinical isolate TlBPS MlB,Str, Tcs,SLS+See text Spontaneous Strr derivative of T18P
MGAS166s Ml,Str,Tcs, See text Spontaneous Str derivative SLS+
of MGAS166 SB30-2 MlB,Str,Tcr, See text Nonhemolytic derivative SLS of TlBPs 30-2rev MlB,Str,Tcs,SLS+See text Hemolytic derivative of SBNHSs Ml,Str, Tcr, See text non-hemolytic derivative SLS of MGAS166s NHSrev Ml,Str, Tcs, See text Hemolytic derivative SLS+ of SBNHS
SLS+, SLO+ ~ Hemolytic control strain SLS , SLO+ Ginsburg non-hemolytic control strain E. faecalis CG110 Sts, Tcr Gawron Tn9Z6 donor strain E.coli RN6851 Tc' NR Contains pRN6680 DHSaMCR mcrA,~80dlacAZMlSGibcoBRL Library efficiency competent cells SL-1 Tc, Cmr See Text Contains pACYC184 with 3.8kb insert Str, streptomycin Sts, streptomycin resistant; sensitive;
Tcs, tetracyclinesensitive; tetracycline Tcr, resistant;
Cmr, chloramphenicol resistant;
SLS, streptolysin S; NR, no reference.
i TABLB 2. Streptolysin O activity of wildtype and mutant streptococci r;ssay Fraction of complete lysisa exhibited by bacterial Contents strains Tl8Ps SB30-2 MGAS166s SBNHS ATCC2772 ATCC2154 Supernatant 0.57 0.48 0.56 0.45 0.62 0.78 Supernatant 0.64 0.50 0.48 0.39 0.58 0.69 with Trypan blush Supernatant 0.05 0.09 0.10 0.07 0.11 0.04 with trypan blue and cholesterolc a Complete lysis was determined by lysing 750 ~tL of 5% washed sheep erythrocytes in hypotonic saline and adding to an equal volume of sterile THB.
b Concentration of trypan blue was 13 ~g/mL
c Concentration of cholesterol was 0.5 mg/mL
TABLS 3. Phenotypic comparisons between hemolytic and non-hemolytic GAS
Strain Assay Caseinasea Dnasea Hyaluronic acid MGAS166s 12.8 +/- 1.3 mm 15.1 +/- 0.9 mm 2 fg / cfu SBNHS 12.2 +/- l.lmm 16.3 +/- 1.3 mm 3.1 fg / cfu TlBPs 0 mm 16.1 +/- 1.6 mm 68 fg / cfu SB30-2 0 mm 17.4 +/- 2.0 mm 54 fg / cfu aResults are zone diameters surrounding inoculum after overnight anaerobic incubation of assay plates at 37°C. Measurements are mean +/- standard deviation of three experiments.
N
N
_ a.G o m Q C O
Z Z ~ f~
aZE moo! 0 NON
NJ
t N
O ~ i tlt ~ O
C
0 ~ O J ~ ~
p p c~ o J~ r C 0 N
D. 7, O C
J ~ C r- Z v C C
V
r p O . . . . 1 . , N .
J
V V
N
O O O ~ O
O + M ~ N ~
W
t t O (f CG st n ~ c~ 0~
O O ~ ~ O O ~ m m O O ~ ~ O O ~
C
'~
m ~. . E
~ ~ O O ~ ~ O O ~
~'9 er N
O ~ ", O
(~ Q ~ O O O ~ O O
~ N
o E
Z
0.-~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~N
+ + + ~. ~ +
v v v ~. ~. v 'r e~ t_ tp ~ N " v ~ W N
Z~i C C C O ~ O C C
O O
O~
O CV C N ~ '~ N O
C
C O m ii o; n ~ a; ~! ~E
.- c~ c~ r. .-W +.. v W v v v w C
C~ N M ~ O ~ ~- Gf 7. ~ ~,j~~O ,.,u~N~j ,~ tl NO
~ '1'1* ~ * * II * tf~
~ ~ 0f ~O O v ~ O
C C C C C
N N N ~ N N N m O
~ X
m~' O
N 0f tO N N C~ 1~ m N - ~ ~ ~ N
?. i1 ~ C Wi ~ p ~
O D
D ~ ~ m ~ N C ,t m p ~ C
I ~ E
N N N N N
~o E
. o o~
I
m .~ ~
~ ~ g b A i A
C E m C
C
a DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAPTINGS
Figure 1. Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA probed tetM. (A) Hemolytic wildtype T18P
(Lane 1) does not hybridize with the tetM probe. Non-hemolytic transconjugants SB1-4, SB2-9, SB30-2, SB1-9, SB5-9, SB6-9, SB7-9, SBl-1, and SB8-2 (Lanes 2-20) all contain at least one copy of Tn916 and hybridize with the tetM probe. Isolates in lanes 2, 7 and 9 possess more than one insertion of Tn916. All lanes possess two bands hybridizing with the tetM probe corresponding to approximately 6.5 kb and l4kb. The Tn916 donor strain CG110 (Lane 11) contains several copies of Tn916. (B) Hemolytic wildtype MGAS166s (Lane 1) does not hybridize with the tetM probe. The non-hemolytic transconjugants SBNH1, SBNH3, SBNH4, SBNH5, SBNH6, SBNH7, and SBNHB (Lanes 2-7) all possess at least one copy of Tn916.
Isolates in lanes 3, 4, 7, and 8 possess more than a single insertion of Tn916. Isolates in all lanes possess two bands of a similar size of approximately 14 kb and 7.5 kb. The migration of molecular size standards (1 kb ladder) is indicated (in kilobases) on the left for both (A) and (H).
Figure 2. The nucleotide sequence and protein translation of sagA. A 390 by region of genomic DNA from MGAS166s is represented corresponding to the chromosomal point of insertion of Tn916 (D).
The conserved elements of the sagA ORF are indicated and the putative 53 amino acid translation product is represented. S.D.
indicates the Shine-Dalgarno consensus sequence. (The highest degree of homology was observed with epidermin and peps (from Staphylococcus epidermidis) matching 44% and 40% similarity respectively, and 22~ and 20% identity respectively. Calculations of homology are done using the FASTA (Pearson W.R. and Lipman D.J., 1988, PNAS 85: 2444-2448) and BLAST (Altschul S.F. and Lipman D.J., 1990 PNAS 87: 5509-5513) algorithms.) Figure 3. Total RNA extracted from mutant SBNHS (lanes 2-7) and wildtype MGAS166s (lanes 7-13) was quantified, standardized, blotted and probed using a PCR amplicon of sagA labeled with a'~P.
Lane 1 is a 0.16-1.77 kb RNA standard, lane 2 is SBNH5 RNA
harvested at mid-log phase, lanes 3-7 are SBNHS RNA at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post mid-log phase respectively. Lane 8 is MGAS166s RNA harvested at mid log phase, lanes 9-13 are MGAS166s RNA at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post mid-log phase respectively. The mutant strain is devoid of any transcripts from sagA while the wildtype contains sagA transcripts at all time points.
Figure 4. Comparisons of mean weight change are shown 24 hours after infection with wild type (MGAS166s; Tl8Ps) and the respective S isogenic non hemolytic mutants (SBNH5; SB30-2). Animals infected with non hemolytic mutants of each wild type gained weight in contrast to the marked weight loss caused by infection with the parent strains.
Figure 5. Photographs of hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of either the SLS producing wildtype MGAS166s (A) or the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNHS (B). A well demarcated zone in induration with centralized necrosis is depicted on the right flank of a mouse infected with MGAS166s. No necrosis was seen in mice infected with SBNHS.
Figure 6. Tissue biopsies from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 cfu of either the SLS-producing wildtype MGAS166s (A) or the SLS-deficient Tn9I6 mutant SBNHS (B). The tissue section in (A) demonstrates acute inflammation with edema and tissue necrosis. The tissue depicted in (B) does not show evidence of necrosis and the inflammation is markedly reduced when compared with (A). Tissue samples were stained With hemotoxylin and eosin and final magnification is approximately x25.
RBFgRSNCEB
Alouf, J.E. and Geoffroy, C. (1988). Meth. In Enzym. 165:59-64.
Alouf, J.E. 1980, Pharmacol. Ther. 11:661-717.
Berraheimer, A. W. 1954. Streptococcal Infections, p. 19. Columbia University Press, New York. N.Y.
Blackburn, P. and Projan, S.J. (1994). United States Patent No:
5,304,540. Applied Microbiology Inc., New York, USA.
Borgia, S.M., Betschel, S.D., Low, D.E. and de Azavedo, J.C.S.
(1997). Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology. 418:733-748.
Brock, T.D. and Davie, J.M. (1963). J. Bact. 86:708-712.
Bunce, C., Wheeler, L., Reed, G., Musser, J., and Barg, N. (1992) Infect. Immun. 60:2636-2640.
Chatterjee, S., Chatterjee, D.K., Jani, R.H., Blumbach, J., IS Ganguli, B.N., Klesel, N., Limbert, M. and Seibert, G. (1992).
J. Antibiot. 45:839-845.
Clewell, D. B. and Flannagan, S.E. (1993) The conjugative transposons of gram-positive bacteria. p. 369-393. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y.
Da Vuyst, L. and Vandamme, E.J. (eds) (1994}. Bacteriocins of lactic acid bacteria, Chapman and Hall, London.
Delves-Broughton, J., Blackburn, P., Evans, R.J. and Hugenholtz, J. (1996). Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 69:193-202.
Fischetti, V. A., Jones, K.F. and Scott, J.R. (1985) J. Exp. Med.
161:1384-1401.
freer, J.H. and J.P. Arbuthnott, 1976. Biochemical and Morphological alterations of membranes by bacterial toxins, p.
170-193. In A.W. Bernheimer (ed.) Mechanisms in bacterial toxicology. John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y.
Gawron-BUrke, C. and Clewell, D.B. (1982) Nature (London).
300:281-284.
Gaarron-Burke, C. and Clewell, D.B. (1984) J. Bacteriol. 159:214-221.
Gilmaa, M. (1997) Current protocols in molecular biology, p.
4.1.1-4.1.23. In F. M. Ausubell, R. Brent, R. E. Kingston, R.
D. Moore, J. G. Seidman, J. A. Smith, and K. Struhl (ed.), John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y.
Ginsburg, I. (1970) Streptolysin S. p. 99-171. In T. C. Montie, S. Kadis, and S. J. Ajl (ed.), Microbial Toxins, Academic WO 99/49049 PCTlCA99100240 Press, New York, N. Y.
Jung, G. (1991). Agnew. Chem. Int. Ea. Eng. 30:1051-1192.
Klasnhammsr, T.R. (1993). FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 12:39-86.
Rnutson, C. A. and Jeanes, A. (1968) Ann. Biochem. 24:470-481.
Koyama, J. (1963). J. Biochem. 54:146-151.
Laemelli, U. K. (1970) Nature x27:680-685.
Lai, C.Y., Wang, M.-T., DeFaria and Akao, T. (1978). Arch.
Biochem. Biophys. 191:804-812.
Liu, W, and Hansen, J.N. (1992). J. Biol. Chem. 267:25078-25085.
Maniatis, T., Fritsch, E. and Sambrook, J. (1989) Small scale plasmid extraction, p. 1.21-1.31. In T. Maniatis, E. Fritsch, and J. Sambrook (ed.), Experiments in Molecular Genetics, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.
Mussar, J., Kanjilal, S., Musher, D. et al. (1993) J. Infect. Dis.
167:337-346.
Nes, I.F. and Tagg, J.R. (1996) Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek 69:89-97 Nida, K. and Cleary, P.P. (1983) J. Bacteriol. 155:1156-1161.
O~Connor, S. P. and Cleary, P.P. (1987) J. Infect. Dis. 156:495-504.
Pang, K. M. and Knecht, D.A. (1997) BioTechniques 22:1046-1048.
Ray. B. and Daeschel, M. (eds) (1992). Food preservatives of microbial origin, CRC Press, Boca Raton FL.
Sahl, H.-G., Jack, R.W. and Bierman, G. (1995). FEES. 230:827-853.
Saris, P.E.J. Immonen, T,., Reis, M., and Sahl, H.-G. (1996) Arttonie van Leewenhoek 69:151-159.
Schliavert, P. M., Bettin, K.M. and Watson, D.W. (1977) Infect.
Immun. 16:673-679.
Smyth, C. J. and Duncan, J.L. (1978) Thiol-activated (oxygen-labile) cytolysins, p. 129-183. In: J. S. Jelijaszewicz and T.
Wadstrom (ed.), Bacterial Toxins and Cell Membranes. Academic Press, New York, N. Y.
9~haeler, M. C., Roe, M.H., Kaplan, E.L., Schlievert, P.M. and Todd, J.K. (1991)JAMAa66:533-537.
SEQUENCE LISTING
1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANTS: DE AZAVEDO, Joyce BAST, Darrin BORGIA, Sergio BETSCHEL, Stephen LOW, Donald (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: Streptococcus Streptolysin S Nucleic Acid Molecule (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 2 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 390 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ix) FEATURE: DNA sequence for sagA gene (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
ATAAGAACTA
GTCCTTGTTG
TCGCGTTCTT
AATTTACTTC
GCTCCTGGAG
TACTGGAAGT
AATAATCTAT
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 53 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ix) FEATURE: Protein sequence for SAG-A
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID
N0:2:
M L K F T S N I L A
T S V A E T T Q V A
P G G C C C C C T T
C C F S I A T G S G
N S Q G G S G S y T
P G K
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:3 Leader na sequence CTTATGTTAA AATTTACTTC AAATATTTTA TAGCTGAAAC
GCTACTAGTG AACTCAAGTT
GCTCCTG GAG
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4 Leader amino acid sequence M L K F T S N I L A T
S V A E T T Q V A P G G
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5 propeptide na sequence GCTGCTGTTG CTGCTGTACT ACTTGTTGCT TCTCAATTGC TACTGGAAGT
GGTAATTCTC AAGGTGGTAG CGGAAGTTAT ACGCCAGGTA AATAATCTAT TTAGCATCTC
TATGTGGTAG TGATATTAAG GTAATGAGTT
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6 propeptide amino acid sequence C C C C C T T C C F S
I A T G S G N S Q G G
S G S Y T P G K
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:7 regulatory na sequence ATCAGTTACT TATTAGATAA GGAGGTAAAC CTT
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8 processing protein na tgt cattttttac aaaggaacaa caacctaaag 721 agaattgtcc gccaataact gttgaaaaag caaggcaatt gtttgaattt aatacaaacc 781 acttgtcctt atcggattac catcatcaaa cggtgctaaa aacgtcaaag cagctagttg 841 ctcaacattt aatgcctaat gcaaccgata atcttagtca acattttttg atgaactata 901 aagctaataa taattattta ggcttccaag ctagtattgt cgactttttt acagattctg 961 ccgttgctaa tttttcaagt agttacgttt atgaaagtca ggaaaagata attcgtttac SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 28) 1021 caaaacctac caagatatca actgctctgt cgacatgtat tataaaacga agaagtcatc 1081 gtcaattttc agatagacaa atgcctcttc aagatttatc aaacattctt tattatgcat 1141 gtggtgttag ttcacaagca tcaattagag atggagcatc agataagatt acactcagaa 1201 actgtgcttc aggtggaggt ttatacccta ttcatttagt tttttatgct agaaacatca 1261 gtaaattaat agatggtttc tatgaatatc taccctatca gcatgcacta aggtgttatc 1321 ggcatagctc tgaggaaaac gttagagatt ttgcggaata cggtgctatt aatgctgaaa 1381 attgtaatat tattattatt tatgtctacc attacatgaa aaatacacgt aaatatggga 1441 atcaggcgac tgcctatgct tttattgaat caggagaaat agcccagaat attcaattga 1501 ctgcaactgc cttaacttat ggaagtattg atattggtgg ttataataag gaatatctcc 1561 aagaattatt agatttagat gggctaggag agcatgtgat tcacatgaca ctcgtaggaa 1621 ctaaggagtc tcaatga SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9 processing protein amino acid sequence MSFFTKEQQPKENCPPITVEKARQLFEFNTNHLSLSDYHHQTVL
KTSRQLVAQHLMPNATDNLSQHFLMNYKANNNYLGFQASIVDFFTDSAVANFSSSYVY
ESQEKIIRLPKPTKISTALSTCIIKRRSHRQFSDRQMPLQDLSNILYYACGVSSQASI
RDGASDKITLRNCASGGGLYPIHLVFYARNISKLIDGFYEYLPYQHALRCYRHSSEEN
VRDFAEYGAINAENCNIIIIYVYHYMKNTRKYGNQATAYAFIESGEIAQNIQLTATAL
TYGSIDIGGYNKEYLQELLDLDGLGEHVIHMTLVGTKESQ
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NOS:10 AND 11 Transporter na sequence and amino acid sequence x912 atqagttttqtaeaattaacaaacgttgtcaagtcctacaaaaac M S F Y Q L T N V V K S Y K N
:95~ ggcaagaaagetgtcaatgacgcctcettgtctactgaagcaggt 5002 aatatttatggtttgttaggsccaaatggtgccggtaagtccaec N I Y G L L G P N G A G K S T
5017 ctgattaatettstcttaggcttgatccctttgagttccqgcaaa L I N L I L G L I P L S S G K
5092 attaetgttttagggcsatcccaaaagactattcgaasaacsagt I T V L G Q S Q K T I R K I S
5137 tcgcagataggttatgttccteasgacattgccgtttatecagac S Q I G Y V P Q D I A V y p p 5182 etaactgcttacgaaaatgcagaaciatttgggtcactttatqge L t A Y E N V E L F G S L Y G
5227 ttssagggagctcagcttaaaaaaeaagttctassaagtttagas L K G A Q L K K Q V L K S L E
5172 ettgtqgggccacactcccaagctsagcagtttccsagtcsaccc F V G L H S Q A K Q F P S Q f 5317 tcagqaggsatgaagagacggttasatategcttgcgcqetagtt S G G N K R R L N I A C A L V
5362 catteacccaaattsatcatttttqsegaaecgactgtagqgact H S P K L I I f D E P T V G I
5147 gatectcaatcaegtaatcatattttagagtcgattcgtttgcts D P Q S R N N I L E S I R L L
5152 aseaaagaaggcgetacagttatttatacgacecactstatgqss N K E G A T V I Y T T N Y PI E
5197 gsagtaqaggctetttgtgatcatstttttattatggatcatggt E V E A L C D Y I F I M D N G
551? caagttattgaagasggacctaastttgaaetggsasaaegttae Q V I E E G P K F E L E K R Y
5587 gttgesaatctagcaaaccagaccattgtsaetctaacagsctea 5632 eqteatttggaaetggeagataagcctgsctggtctttgatsqas R H L E L A D K P D YI S L I E
5677 gatqgagaaaascteatgttgaagsttgatastagtgatatgaca D G E K L N L K I D N S D !1 1 5722 ccagttgttcsteagcteaescaggecaststtacttttagcgsg S V V H Q L T Q A N I T F S E
5767 attagacataaccatttgaatttagasgasattttcttacactta I R N N H L N L E E I F L N L
5812 acsgqtasgaagttscgagatcag 5A35 T G K K L R D
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:12 Sequence of the originally cloned 3.8 kb insert.
SU6ST'ITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 351 AAGATTACAA CTGATGCTAN ATTGACTGAA GCTCAARA.AG CTGAACAATC
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S.D. sagA (1529-1691) saga (1914-2866) SUBSTfTUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
homology to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID N0: 1, 3, or 5. The invention also includes an isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the above nucleic acid molecules under stringent hybridization conditions. The nucleic acid molecule may be DNA or RNA. The nucleic acid molecule may encode a lantibiotic or lantibiotic fragment i.e. a polypeptide with the characteristics of a lantibiotic. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6. The nucleic acid molecule may be isolated from a group A streptococci cell.
The invention also contemplates an isolated SAG-A
polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule of the invention.
The invention also contemplates biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants thereof, including truncations, analogs, allelic or species variations thereof, or a homolog of a polypeptide of the invention or a truncation thereof. (Variants including truncations, analogs, allelic or species variations, and homologs are collectively referred to herein as " SAG-A Related Polypeptides" ). Among the preferred embodiments of the invention are variants of SAG-A
polypeptide encoded by naturally occurring alleles of the sagA
gene.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be inserted into an appropriate vector, and the vector may contain the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of an inserted coding sequence. Accordingly, vectors may be constructed which comprise a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, and where appropriate one or more transcription and translation elements linked to the nucleic acid molecule. Therefore, vectors are contemplated within the scope of the invention which comprise regulatory sequences of the invention, as well as chimeric gene constructs wherein a regulatory sequence of the invention is operably linked to a heterologous nucleic acid, and a transcription termination signal.
A vector can be used to transform host cells to express a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide. Therefore, the invention further provides host cells containing a vector of the invention. The invention also includes a cell consisting of the nucleic acid molecules. In another embodiment, the invention is a cell into which the expression vector is inserted.
The protein may be expressed by inserting a recombinant nucleic acid molecule in a known expression system derived from bacteria, viruses, yeast, mammals, insects, fungi or birds. The recombinant molecule may be introduced into the cells by techniques such as transformation, transfection and electroporation.
Retroviral vectors, adenoviral vectors, DNA virus vectors and liposomes may be used. Suitable constructs are inserted in an expression vector, which may also include markers for selection of transformed cells. The construct may be inserted at a site created by restriction enzymes. Gene expression levels may be controlled with a transcription initiation region that regulates transcription of the gene or gene fragment of interest in a cell such as a prokaryotic cell or a eukaryotic cell. The transcription initiation region may be part of the construct or the expression vector. The transcription initiation domain or promoter may include an RNA polymerase binding site and an mRNA
initiation site. Other regulatory regions that may be used include an enhancer domain and a termination region. The regulatory elements described above may be from animal, plant, yeast, bacterial, fungal, viral, avian, insect or other sources, including synthetically produced elements and mutated elements.
Transcription is enhanced with promoters known in the art. The promoters may be inducible promoters and/or tissue-specific promoters. These promoters may be selected by one skilled in the art depending on the desired transcription initiation rate and/or efficiency.
In one embodiment of the invention, a cell is transformed with the gene of the invention or a fragment of the gene and inserted in an expression vector to produce cells expressing the SAG-A peptide. The gene or gene fragment may be either isolated from a native source (in sense or antisense orientations), synthesized, a mutated native or synthetic sequence, or a combination of these.
Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of transforming a cell with the gene of the invention or a fragment of the gene, inserted in an expression vector to produce a cell expressing the SAG-A peptide. The invention also relates to a method of expressing the SAG-A peptides of the invention in the cells.
Levels of gene expression may be controlled with genes that code for anti-sense RNA inserted in the expression cassettes or vectors described above.
The invention further broadly contemplates a recombinant SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide obtained using a method of the invention.
The invention also includes hybrid genes and peptides, for example where a nucleotide sequence from the gene of the invention is combined with another nucleotide sequence to produce a fusion polypeptide or peptide. Fusion genes and polypeptides or peptides can also be chemically synthesized or produced using other known techniques.
The invention further contemplates antibodies having specificity against an epitope of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A
Related Polypeptide of the invention. Antibodies may be labeled with a detectable substance and used to detect polypeptides of the invention in biological samples, tissues, and cells.
The invention also permits the construction of nucleotide probes that are unique to nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
Therefore, the invention also relates to a probe comprising a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, or a portion (i.e. fragment) thereof.
DNA probes made from the sagA gene or other nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used to identify genes similar to sagA. These genes could be identified using standard genetic techniques which are well known in the art. The probes will usually be 15 or more nucleotides in length and preferably at Least 30 or more nucleotides. The gene fragments are capable of hybridizing to SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5 or the other sequences of the invention under stringent hybridization conditions. A nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide of the invention may be isolated from other organisms by screening a library under stringent hybridization conditions with a labeled probe.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes, in particular genetic immunization. Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention are naturally occurring allelic variants of SAG-A and polypeptides encoded thereby.
The invention also provides inhibitors of SAG-A polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides of the invention, useful as antibacterial agents including for example antibodies of the invention.
Still further the invention provides a method for evaluating a test substance or compound for its ability to modulate the activity of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide of the invention. For example, a substance or compound which inhibits or enhances the cytolytic activity of a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be evaluated.
Compounds which modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention may also be identified using the methods of the invention by comparing the pattern and level of expression of a nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide of the invention in host cells, in the presence, and in the absence of the compounds.
In accordance with one aspect of the invention, a polypeptide or peptide of the invention (or the fragments of the peptide) may be used in an assay to identify compounds that bind the polypeptide or peptide. Methods known in the art may be used to identify agonists and antagonists of the polypeptides or peptides.
Methods are also contemplated that identify compounds or substances (e. g. polypeptides) which interact with sagA regulatory sequences (e. g. promoter sequences, enhancer sequences, negative modulator sequences).
The substances and compounds identified using the methods of the invention may be SagA agonists or antagonists, preferably bacteriostatic or bactericidal agonists and antagonists.
In accordance with certain embodiments of the invention, there are provided products, compositions, and methods for assessing sagA expression, treating disease caused by organisms producing streptolysin S (e. g. GAS), for example, strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, cellulitis-erysipelas, rheumatic fever, acute glomerular nephritis, endocarditis, and necrotizing fasciitis, assaying genetic variation, and administering a SAG-A
Poiypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide to an organism to raise an immunological response against a bacteria especially a GAS.
In accordance with a further aspect of the invention, there are provided processes for utilizing polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules, for in vitro purposes related to scientific research, synthesis of DNA and manufacture of vectors.
These and other aspects, features, and advantages of the present invention should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the following drawings and detailed description.
Preferred embodiments of the invention will be described in relation to the drawings in Which:
Figure 1A is a blot of a Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA from hemolytic wildtype isolates and non-hemolytic transconjugants all possessing at least one copy of Tn916, probed with tetM;
Figure 1B is a blot of a Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA from hemolytic wildtype isolates and non-hemolytic transconjugants all possessing at least one copy of Tn916, probed with tetM;
Figure 2 shows the nucleotide sequence and protein translation of sagA
Figure 3 is a blot of total RNA extracted from mutant SBNHS
(lanes 2-7) and wildtype MGAS166s (lanes 7-13) quantified, standardized, blotted and probed using a PCR amplicon of sagA
labeled with a'~P;
Figure 4 is a graph showing comparisons of mean weight changes of mice after infection with wild type (MGAS166s; TlBPs) and the respective isogenic non-hemolytic mutants (SBNHS; SB30-2);
Figure 5A is a photograph of a hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of the SLS producing wildtype MGAS166s (A);
Figure 5B is a photograph of a hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNHS;
Figure 6A is a photograph of a tissue biopsy from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 efu of the SLS-producing wildtype MGAS166s or the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNH5;
Figure 6B is a photograph of a tissue biopsy from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 cfu of the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNH5; and _g_ Figure 7 shows the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention with a proposed cleavage site for polypeptides of the invention having features consistent with a lantibiotic.
DETAILBD D88CRIPTION OF TH$ INVBNTION
In accordance with the present invention there may be employed conventional molecular biology, microbiology, and recombinant DNA techniques within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See for example, Sambrook, Fritsch, & Maniatis, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y); DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Volumes I and II (D. N. Glover ed. 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M..J. Gait ed. 1984); Nucleic Acid Hybridization B.D. Hames &
S.J. Higgins eds. (1985); Transcription and Translation B.D. Hames & S.J. Higgins eds (/984); Animal Cell Culture R.I. Freshney, ed.
(1986); Immobilized Cells and enzymes IRL Press, (1986); and B.
Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning (1984).
Nucleic Acid Molecules of the Inveatioa As hereinbefore mentioned, the invention provides isolated sagA nucleic acid molecules. The term "isolated" refers to a nucleic acid (or polypeptide) removed from its natural environment, purified or separated, or substantially free of cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical reactants, or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid is at least 60% free, more preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated. The term "nucleic acid" is intended to include modified or unmodified DNA, RNA, including mRNAs, DNAs, cDNAs, and genomic DNAs, or a mixed polymer, and can be either single-stranded, double-stranded or triple-stranded. For example, a nucleic acid sequence may be a single-stranded or double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions, or single-, double- and triple-stranded regions, single-and double-stranded RNA, RNA that may be single-stranded, or more typically, double-stranded, or triple-stranded, or a mixture of regions comprising RNA or DNA, or both RNA and DNA. The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The DNAs or RNAs may contain one or more modified bases. For example, the DNAs or RNAs may have backbones modified for stability or for other reasons. A nucleic acid sequence includes an oligonucleotide, nucleotide, or polynucleotide.
Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine, or modified bases, such as tritylated bases, to name a few examples, are nucleic acid molecules, as the term is used herein.
It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful functions known to those skilled in the art. The term 'nucleic acid molecule"
embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of nucleic acids, as well the chemical forms of DNA and RNA
characteristic of viruses and cells, including simple and complex cells. The term " nucleic acid molecule" and in particular DNA or RNA, refers only to the primary and secondary structure and it does not limit it to any particular tertiary forms.
The nucleic acid molecules Which encode for a SAG-A
polypeptide (may include only the coding sequence for the polypeptide; the coding sequence for the polypeptide and additional coding sequences (e. g. processing protease sequences, transporter sequences such as sequences of translocators of the ATP-binding cassette transporter family, immunity gene sequences, leader or transporter sequences, propolypeptide sequences, a pre-or pro- or prepro- protein sequences (e.g. SEQ ID NO. 4 and 6), marker sequences]; the coding sequence for the polypeptide (and optionally additional coding sequence) and non-coding sequences (e. g. non-coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as transcribed, non-translated sequences, termination signals, ribosome binding sites, sequences that stabilize mRNA, polyadenyiation signals) of the polypeptide. A nucleic acid molecule of the invention may comprise a structural gene and its naturally associated sequences that control gene expression.
Therefore, the term " nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide" encompasses a nucleic acid molecule which includes only coding sequence for the polypeptide as well as a nucleic acid molecule which includes additional coding and/or non-coding sequences.
In an embodiment of the invention an isolated nucleic acid molecule is contemplated which comprises:
(i) a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide having substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
(ii) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identity to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
(iii) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. N0. 2, 4 or 6;
(iv) a nucleic acid sequence complementary to (i), iii), or (iii);
(v} a nucleic acid sequence differing from any of (i),(ii), or (iii), in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;
(vi) a nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 5 nucleotides capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid sequence in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 or to a degenerate form thereof;
(vii) a nucleic acid sequence encoding a truncation, an analog, an allelic or species variation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO.
2, 4, or 6; or (viii) a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i) , (ii) or (iii) .
In a specific embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises:
(i) a nucleic acid sequence having substantial sequence identity or sequence similarity with a nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3 or 5;
(ii) nucleic acid sequences complementary to (i), preferably complementary to the full nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3, or 5;
(iii) nucleic acid sequences differing from any of the nucleic acid sequences of (i) or (ii) in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; or (iv) a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii) .
The invention relates to a nucleic acid molecule encoding the complementary nucleotide sequence of any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.The term " complementary" refers to the natural binding of nucleic acid molecules under permissive salt and temperature conditions by base-pairing. For example, the sequence "A-G-T" binds to the complementary sequence " T-C-A".
Complementarity between two single-stranded molecules may be " partial" , in which only some of the nucleic acids bind, or it may be complete when total complementarity exists between the single stranded molecules.
In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of Streptococcus pyogenes SAG-A shown in SEQ. ID. N0. 2 or 6, or comprises the nucleic acid sequence of Streptococcus pyogenes sagA
shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1 or S wherein T can also be U.
The terms " sequence similarity" or " sequence identity"
refer to the relationship between two or more amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, determined by comparing the sequences, which relationship is generally known as " homology" . Identity in the art also means the degree of sequence relatedness between amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, as the case may be, as determined by the match between strings of such sequences. Both identity and similarity can be readily calculated (Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A.M., ed., Oxford University Press New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D.W, ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, A.M., and Griffin, H.G. eds.
Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, New York, 1987; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M, and Devereux, J., eds. M.
Stockton Press, New York, 1991). While there are a number of existing methods to measure identity and similarity between two amino acid sequences or two nucleic acid sequences, both terms are well known to the skilled artisan (Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, New York, 1987; Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds. M. Stockton Press, New York, 1991; and Carillo, H., and Lipman, D. SIAM J.
Applied Math., 48:1073, 1988). Preferred methods for determining identity are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine identity are codified in computer programs. Preferred computer program methods for determining identity and similarity between two sequences include but are not limited to the GCG program package (Devereux, J. et al, Nucleic Acids Research 12(1): 387, 1984), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA (Atschul, S.F, et al., J. Molec. Biol. 215:403, 1990).
Identity or similarity may also be determined using the alignment algorithm of Dayhoff et al [Methods in Enzymology 91: 524-545 (1983) ] .
By way of example, a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleic acid sequence having at least, for example 95% identity to a reference nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3 or 5 indicates that the nucleic acid sequence is identical to the reference sequence except that it may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference sequence. Therefore, to obtain a nucleic acid molecule having at least 95% identity to a reference sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence must be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides up to 5% of the total nucleotides in the reference sequence may be inserted into the reference sequence. Mutations of the reference sequence may occur at the 5' or 3' terminal positions of the reference sequence, or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among nucleotides in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
Preferably, the nucleic acids of the present invention have substantial sequence identity using the preferred computer programs cited herein, for example greater than 40% nucleic acid identity; preferably greater than 50% nucleic acid identity; more preferably greater than 65-80% sequence identity, and most preferably at least 90% to 99% sequence identity to the sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. l, 3, or 5.
Isolated nucleic acids comprising a sequence that differs from the nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 due to degeneracy in the genetic code are also within the scope of the invention. Such nucleic acids encode equivalent polypeptides but differ in sequence from the sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 due to degeneracy in the genetic code. As one example, DNA
sequence mutations within sagA may result in silent mutations that do not affect the amino acid sequence. Variations in one or more nucleotides may exist among strains within a population due to natural variation. Any and all such nucleic acid variations are within the scope of the invention. DNA sequence mutations may also occur which lead to changes in the amino acid sequence of SAG-A
Polypeptide. These amino acid variations are also within the scope of the present invention. In addition, strain or species variations i.e. variations in nucleotide sequence naturally occurring among different strains or species, are within the scope of the invention.
Another aspect of the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under selective conditions, (e. g. high stringency conditions), to a nucleic acid which comprises a sequence which encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide of the invention.
Preferably the sequence encodes the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. N0. 2 and comprises at least 5, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 15, and most preferably at least 20 nucleotides. In an embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule may also consist of a sequence selected from the group consisting of 8 to 10 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecules described above, 11 to 25 nucleotides of the nucleic acid described above and 26 to 50 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecules described above which hybridize to the nucleic acid molecules described above under stringent hybridization conditions.
Selectivity of hybridization occurs with a certain degree of specificity rather than being random. Appropriate stringency conditions which promote DNA hybridization are known to those skilled in the art, or can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
For example, 5.0 to 6.0 x sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) or 0.5% SDS at about 45°C, followed by a wash of 2.0 x SSC at 50°C
may be employed. The stringency may be selected based on the conditions used in the wash step. By way of example, the salt concentration in the wash step can be selected from a high stringency of about 0.2 x SSC at 50°C. In addition, the temperature in the wash step can be at high stringency conditions, at about 65°C.
It will be appreciated that the invention includes nucleic acid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, including truncations of the polypeptides, allelic and species variants, and analogs of the polypeptides as described herein. In particular, fragments of a nucleic acid of the invention are contemplated that are a stretch of at least about 5, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 15, and most preferably at least 20 nucleotides, more typically at least 50 to S 200 nucleotides but less than 2 kb. It will further be appreciated that variant forms of the nucleic acid molecules of the invention which arise by alternative splicing of an mRNA corresponding to a cDNA of the invention are encompassed by the invention.
In an embodiment of the invention, peptide fragments of the proteins of the invention are provided which retain activity similar to SAG-A and the other peptides of the invention. The invention also includes peptide fragments of the proteins of the invention which can be used as a research tool to characterize the protein or its activity. Such peptides preferably consist of at least 5 amino acids. In preferred embodiments, they may consist of 6 to 10, 11 to 15, 16 to 25 or 26 to 50 amino acids of the proteins of the invention.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention which comprises DNA can be isolated by preparing a labeled nucleic acid probe based on all or part of the nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5. The labeled nucleic acid probe is used to screen an appropriate DNA library (e.g. a cDNA or genomic DNA
library). For example, a cDNA library can be used to isolate a cDNA encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, by screening the library with the labeled probe using standard techniques. Alternatively, a genomic DNA library can be similarly screened to isolate a genomic clone encompassing a sagA gene.
Nucleic acids isolated by screening of a cDNA or genomic DNA
library can be sequenced by standard techniques.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that is DNA can also be isolated by selectively amplifying a nucleic acid of the invention. N Amplifying" or ~~ amplification " refers to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence and is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art (Dieffenbach, C. W. and G. S.
Dveksler (1995) PCR Primer, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview, N.Y.). In particular, it is possible to design synthetic oligonucleotide primers from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5 (e.g. SEQ. ID. Nos. 5-14) for use in PCR. A nucleic acid can be amplified from cDNA or genomic DNA using these oligonucleotide primers and standard PCR
amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA
sequence analysis. cDNA may be prepared from mRNA, by isolating total cellular mRNA by a variety of techniques, for example, by using the guanidinium-thiocyanate extraction procedure of Chirgwin et al., Biochemistry, 18, 5294-5299 (1979). cDNA is then synthesized from the mRNA using reverse transcriptase (for example, Moloney MLV reverse transcriptase available from Gibco/BRL, Bethesda, MD, or AMV reverse transcriptase available from Seikagaku America, Inc., St. Petersburg, FL).
An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention which is RNA can be isolated by cloning a cDNA encoding a SAG-A
Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide into an appropriate vector which allows for transcription of the cDNA to produce an RNA molecule which encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide. For example, a cDNA can be cloned downstream of a bacteriophage promoter, (e.g. a T7 promoter) in a vector, eDNA can be transcribed in vitro with T7 polymerise, and the resultant RNA
can be isolated by conventional techniques.
Nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be chemically synthesized using standard techniques. Methods of chemically synthesizing polydeoxynucleotides are known, including but not limited to solid-phase synthesis which, like peptide synthesis, has been fully automated in commercially available DNA
synthesizers (See e.g., Itakura et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,598,049;
Caruthers et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,458,066; and Itakura U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,401,796 and 4,373,071).
Determination of whether a particular nucleic acid molecule is a sagA gene or encodes a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide can be accomplished by expressing the cDNA in an appropriate host cell by standard techniques, and testing the expressed polypeptide in the methods described herein. A sagA
cDNA or cDNA encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide can be sequenced by standard techniques, such as dideoxynucleotide chain termination or Maxim-Gilbert chemical sequencing, to determine the nucleic acid sequence and the predicted amino acid sequence of the encoded polypeptide.
The initiation codon and untranslated sequences of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be determined using computer software designed for the purpose, such as PC/Gene (IntelliGenetics Inc., Calif.). The transcription regulatory sequences of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention and/or encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be identified by using a nucleic acid molecule of the invention to probe a genomic DNA clone library. Regulatory elements can be identified using standard techniques. The function of the elements can be confirmed by using these elements to express a reporter gene such as the lacZ gene which is operatively linked to the elements. These constructs may be introduced into cultured cells using conventional procedures.
In an embodiment of the invention a nucleic acid molecule is provided comprising a regulatory sequence of sagA as shown in SEQ.
ID. N0. 7.
The invention contemplates nucleic acid molecules comprising all or a portion of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprising a regulatory sequence of a sagA contained in appropriate vectors. The vectors may contain heterologous nucleic acid sequences. ~~ Heterologous nucleic acid" refers to a nucleic acid not naturally located in the cell. Preferably, the heterologous nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid foreign to the cell.
In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the nucleic acid molecules isolated using the methods described herein are mutant sagA genes. For example, the mutant genes may be isolated from strains either known or proposed to have altered cytolytic activity. Mutant genes and mutant gene products may be used in therapeutic and diagnostic methods described herein. For example, a cDNA of a mutant sagA gene may be isolated using PCR as described herein, and the DNA sequence of the mutant gene may be compared to the normal gene to ascertain the mutations) responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant gene product. A genomic library can also be constructed using DNA
from a strain known to carry a mutant gene, or a cDNA library can be constructed using RNA from strains suspected of expressing the mutant allele. A nucleic acid encoding a normal sagA gene or any suitable fragment thereof, may then be labeled and used as a probe to identify the corresponding mutant genes in such libraries.
Clones containing mutant sequences can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis. In addition, an expression library can be constructed using cDNA from RNA isolated from a strain known or suspected to express a mutant sagA gene. Gene products from putatively mutant strains may be expressed and screened, for example using antibodies specific for a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide as described herein. Library clones identified using the antibodies can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis.
Antisense molecules and ribozymes are contemplated within the scope of the invention. They may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA
molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding SAG-A Polypeptide. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA
polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA
constructs that synthesize antisense RNA constitutively or inducibly can be introduced into cell lines, and cells. RNA
molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5~ and/or 3~ ends of the molecule or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
Polvpe~tides of the Invention The term " polypeptide" used herein generally refers to any protein or peptide comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds. The term refers to both short chains (i.e. peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers) and to longer chains (i.e. proteins). Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene encoded amino acids.
Polypeptides include those modified by natural processes (e. g.
_18_ processing and other post-translational modifications) and by chemical modification techniques. The same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide and a polypeptide may contain many modifications. Modifications may occur in the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains, and the amino or carboxyl termini.
Examples of modifications include acetylation; acylation; ADP-ribosylation; amidation; covalent attachment of flavin, a heme moiety, a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, a lipid or lipid derivative, or phosphotidylinositol; cross-linking; cyclization;
disulfide bond formation; demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links; glycosylation; hydroxylation; iodination;
methylation; myristoylation; oxidation; proteoytic processing;
phosphorylation;, racemization; lipid attachment; sulfation, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues; and hydroxylation.
fBy way of example see Proteins-Structure and Molecular Properties 2"° Ed., T.E. Creighton, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993), and Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications:
Perspectives and Prospects, pages 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification Of Proteins, B.C. Johnson, Ed. Academic Press, New (1983); Seifer et al., Meth. Enzymol 182:626 (1990);
and Rattan et al., Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational Modificatios and Aging, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663:48 (1992)]. The polypeptides may be branched or cyclic, with or without branching.
The polypeptides of the invention include the polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4, or 6. In addition to the amino acid sequences of SEQ. ID. N0.2, 4, or 6 the polypeptides of the present invention include truncations of the polypeptides of the invention, and analogs, and homologs of the polypeptides and truncations thereof as described herein.
Truncated polypeptides may comprise peptides having an amino acid sequence of at least five consecutive amino acids in SEQ.ID.
NO. 2, 4, or 6 where no amino acid sequence of five or more, six or more, seven or more, or eight or more, consecutive amino acids present in the fragment is present in a polypeptide other than a SAG-A Polypeptide. In an embodiment of the invention the fragment is a stretch of amino acid residues of at least 12 to 30 contiguous amino acids from particular sequences such as the sequences shown in SEQ.ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6.
The truncated polypeptides may have an amino group (-NH2), a hydrophobic group (for example, carbobenzoxyl, dansyl, or T-butyloxycarbonyl), an acetyl group, a 9-fluorenylmethoxy-carbonyl (PMOC) group, or a macromolecule including but not limited to lipid-fatty acid conjugates, polyethylene glycol, or carbohydrates at the amino terminal end. The truncated polypeptides may have a carboxyl group, an amido group, a T-butyloxycarbonyl group, or a macromolecule including but not limited to lipid-fatty acid conjugates, polyethylene glycol, or carbohydrates at the carboxy terminal end.
A truncated polypeptide or fragment may be free-standing or comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region, most preferably as a single continuous region, of a single larger polypeptide.
In a preferred embodiment, the truncated polypeptides or fragments are biologically active and mediate activities of SAG-A.
The fragments may have similar activity or an improved activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. The fragments may be immunogenic in an animal and preferably are not immunoreactive with antibodies that are immunoreactive to polypeptides other than SAG-A. Particularly preferred fragments are those that confer a function essential for viability of GAS, or for initiation, maintaining or causing disease in an individual, particularly a human.
Cyclic polypeptides of the invention are also part of the present invention. Cyclization may allow the polypeptide to assume a more favorable conformation. Cyclization may be achieved using techniques known in the art. For example, disulfide bonds may be formed between two appropriately spaced components having free sulfhydryl groups, or an amide bond may be formed between an amino group of one component and a carboxyl group of another component.
Cyclization may also be achieved using an azobenzene-containing amino acid as described by Ulysse, L., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1995, 117, 8466-8467. The side chains of Tyr and Asn may be linked to form cyclic peptides. The components that form the bonds may be side chains of amino acids, non-amino acid components or a combination of the two.
It may be desirable to produce a cyclic polypeptide that is more flexible. A more flexible peptide may be prepared by introducing cysteines at the right and left position of the peptide and forming a disulphide bridge between the two cysteines.
The two cysteines are arranged so as not to deform the beta-sheet and turn. The peptide is more flexible as a result of the length of the disulfide linkage and the smaller number of hydrogen bonds in the beta-sheet portion. The relative flexibility of a cyclic peptide can be determined by molecular dynamics simulations.
Mimetics of polypeptides of the invention are also contemplated. Mimetics may be designed based on information i0 obtained by systematic replacement of L-amino acids by D-amino acids, replacement of side chains with groups having different electronic properties, and by systematic replacement of peptide bonds with amide bond replacements. Local conformational constraints can also be introduced to determine conformational requirements for activity of a candidate peptide mimetic. The mimetics may include isosteric amide bonds, or D-amino acids to stabilize or promote reverse turn conformations and to help stabilize the molecule. Cyclic amino acid analogues may be used to constrain amino acid residues to particular conformational states.
Peptoids may also be used which are oligomers of N-substituted amino acids and can be used as motifs for the generation of chemically diverse libraries of novel molecules.
Peptides having one or more D-amino acids are contemplated within the invention. Also contemplated are peptides where one or more amino acids are acetylated at the N-terminus. Those skilled in the art recognize that a variety of techniques are available for constructing peptide mimetics with the same or similar desired biological activity as the corresponding peptide compound of the invention but with more favorable activity than the peptide with respect to solubility, stability, and/or susceptibility to hydrolysis and proteolysis. See for example, Morgan and Gainor, Ann. Rep. Med. Chem., 24:243-252 (1989?. Mimetics of a lantibivtic, nisin A, prepared by substitution, deletion and insertion of amino acids in the lantibiotic are taught in U.S.
Patent No. 5,594,103 (De Vos et aI.). Examples of other peptide mimetics are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,643,873. Mimetics of the proteins of the invention may also be made according to other techniques known in the art. For example, by treating a protein of the invention with an agent that chemically alters a side group by converting a hydrogen group to another group such as a hydroxy or amino group.
The polypeptides of the invention may also include analogs, and/or truncations thereof as described herein, which may include, but are not limited to the polypeptides, containing one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, and/or deletions. Amino acid substitutions may be of a conserved or non-conserved nature.
Conserved amino acid substitutions involve replacing one or more amino acids with amino acids of similar charge, size, and/or hydrophobicity characteristics. When only conserved substitutions are made the resulting analog should be functionally equivalent to the native polypeptide. Non-conserved substitutions involve replacing one or more amino acids with one or more amino acids which possess dissimilar charge, size, and/or hydrophobicity characteristics. For example, a hydrophobic residue such as methionine can be substituted for another hydrophobic residue such as alanine. An alanine residue may be substituted with a more hydrophobic residue such as leucine, valine or isoleucine. An aromatic residue such as phenylalanine may be substituted for tyrosine. An acidic, negatively charged amino acid such as aspartic acid may be substituted for glutamic acid. A positively charged amino acid such as lysine may be substituted for another positively charged amino acid such as arginine.
One or more amino acid insertions may be introduced into a polypeptide of the invention. Amino acid insertions may consist of single amino acid residues or sequential amino acids ranging from about 2 to 15 amino acids in length.
Deletions may consist of the removal of one or more amino acids, or discrete portions from the polypeptide sequence. The deleted amino acids may or may not be contiguous. The lower limit length of the resulting analog with a deletion mutation is about 10 amino acids, preferably 20 amino acids.
An allelic variant at the polypeptide level differs from another polypeptide by only one, or at most, a few amino acid substitutions. A species variation of a polypeptide of the invention is an allelic variation which is naturally occurring among different species. The polypeptides of the invention also include homologs and/or truncations thereof as described herein.
Such homologs include polypeptides whose amino acid sequences are WO 99!49049 PCT/CA99100240 comprised of the amino acid sequences of regions from other species that hybridize under selective hybridization conditions (see discussion of selective and in particular stringent hybridization conditions herein) with a probe used to obtain a polypeptide of the invention. These homologs will generally have the same regions which are characteristic of a polypeptide of the invention. It is anticipated that a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which is at least 20% identical, preferably at least 40% identical, more preferably at least 60% identical, and most preferably at least 80%-95% identical with an amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. N0.2, 4, or 6 will be a homolog. A percent amino acid sequence similarity or identity is calculated using the methods described herein, preferably the computer programs described herein.
The invention also contemplates isoforms of the polypeptides of the invention. An isoform contains the same number and kinds of amino acids as the polypeptide of the invention, but the isoform has a different molecular structure. The isoforms contemplated by the present invention are those having the same properties as a polypeptide of the invention as described herein.
The present invention also includes polypeptides of the invention conjugated with a selected polypeptide (see description of targeting agents below), or a marker polypeptide (see below) to produce fusion polypeptides. Additionally, immunogenic portions of a polypeptide of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
Antigenically, epitopically, or immunologically equivalent variants of a SAG-A polypeptide form a particular aspect of this invention. Antigenically equivalent variants encompass a polypeptide or its equivalent which will be recognized by certain antibodies which when raised to the polypeptide of the invention, interfere with the activity of a polypeptide of the invention. An immunologically equivalent derivative encompasses a peptide or equivalent which when used in a suitable formulation to raise antibodies in a vertebrate, produces antibodies which interfere with the activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
A polypeptide of the invention may be prepared using recombinant DNA methods. Accordingly, the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention having a sequence which encodes a polypeptide of the invention may be incorporated in a known manner into an appropriate expression vector which ensures good expression of the polypeptide. Possible expression vectors include but are not limited to chromosomal, episomal, and virus-derived vectors. For example, the vectors may be derived from bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophage, from transposons, from yeast episomes, from insertions elements, from yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses such as baculoviruses, papova virus, such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses; and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid, and bacteriophage genetic elements, such as cosmids and phagemids.
Generally, any system or vector suitable to maintain, produce or express a nucleic acid of the invention and/or to express a polypeptide of the invention in a selected host cell may be used.
The invention therefore contemplates a vector of the invention containing a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, and optionally the necessary regulatory sequences for the transcription and translation of the inserted polypeptide-sequence. Suitable regulatory sequences may be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, plant, viral, avian, mammalian, or insect genes, or other sources (For example, see the regulatory sequences described in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Selection of appropriate regulatory sequences is dependent on the host cell chosen as discussed below, and may be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art. The necessary regulatory sequences may be supplied by a native polypeptide and/or its flanking regions.
~ In an embodiment of the invention, a recombinant nucleic acid molecule for a SAG-A peptide is provided that contains suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements.
Suitable regulatory elements are derived from a variety of sources, and they may be readily selected by one with ordinary skill in the art. For example, if one were to upregulate the expression of the gene, one could insert the sense sequence and the appropriate promoter into the vehicle. If one Were to downregulate the expression of the gene, one could insert the antisense sequence and the appropriate promoter into the vehicle.
These techniques are known to those skilled in the art.
Examples of regulatory elements include a transcriptional promoter and enhancer or RNA polymerase binding sequence, a ribosomal binding sequence, including a translation initiation signal. Additionally, depending on the vector employed, other genetic elements, such as selectable markers, may be incorporated into the recombinant molecule.
The invention further provides a vector comprising a DNA
nucleic acid molecule of the invention cloned into the vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is linked to a regulatory seguence in a manner which allows for expression, by transcription of the DNA molecule, of an RNA molecule which is antisense to a nucleic acid sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention. Regulatory sequences linked to the antisense nucleic acid can be chosen which direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance a viral promoter and/or enhancer, or regulatory sequences can be chosen which direct tissue or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA.
The expression vector of the invention may also contain a marker gene which facilitates the selection of host cells transformed or transfected with a vector of the invention.
Examples of marker genes are genes encoding a polypeptide such as 6418 and hygromycin which confer resistance to certain drugs, ~i-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, firefly luciferase, or an immunoglobulin or portion thereof such as the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin preferably IgG. The markers can be introduced on a separate vector from the nucleic acid of interest.
The vectors may also contain genes which encode a fusion moiety which provides increased expression of the recombinant polypeptide; increased solubility of the recombinant polypeptide;
and aid in the purification of the target recombinant polypeptide by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. For example, a proteolytic cleavage site may be added to the target recombinant polypeptide to allow separation of the recombinant polypeptide from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion polypeptide. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX
(Amrad Corp., Melbourne, Australia), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) and pRITS (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding polypeptide, or polypeptide A, respectively, to the recombinant polypeptide.
Appropriate secretion signals may also be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide to facilitate secretion of the translated polypeptide.
The vectors may be introduced into host cells to produce a transformed or transfected host cell. The terms "transfected" and "transfection" encompass the introduction of nucleic acid (e.g. a vector) into a cell by one of many standard techniques. A cell is ~~ transformed" by a nucleic acid when the transfected nucleic acid effects a phenotypic change. Prokaryotic cells can be transformed with nucleic acid by, for example, electroporation or calcium-chloride mediated transformation. Nucleic acid can be introduced into mammalian cells via conventional techniques such as calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofectin, transvection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, scrape loading, transduction, ballistic introduction, infection. electroporation or microinjection. Suitable methods for transforming and transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory press (1989)), and other laboratory textbooks.
Suitable host cells include a wide variety of prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells. For example, the polypeptides of the invention may be expressed in bacterial cells such as streptococci, staphylococci, enterococci, E. coli, streptomyces, lactic acid bacteria, and Bacillus swbstilis, fungal cells such as yeast cells and Aspergillus cells, insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9; animal cells such as CHO, COS, HeLa, C127, 3T3, BHK, 293, and plant cells. Other suitable host cells can be found in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (199 1).
A host cell may also be chosen which modulates the expression of an inserted nucleic acid sequence, or modifies (e. g.
glycosylation or phosphorylation) and processes (e.g. cleaves) the polypeptide in a desired fashion. Host systems or cell lines may be selected which have specific and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational processing and modification of polypeptides.
For long-term high-yield stable expression of the polypeptide, cell lines and host systems which stably express the gene product may. be engineered.
Polypeptides of the invention can be recovered and purified from recombinant host cells by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography, and in particular high performance liquid chromatography. If a polypeptide is denatured during isolation and purification well known refolding techniques may be used to regenerate the active conformation.
In accordance with one aspect of the invention a method is provided for preparing a SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide utilizing the purified and isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention. In particular, a method for preparing a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide is provided comprising:
(a) transferring a vector of the invention comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A
Related Polypeptide, into a host cell;
(b) selecting transformed host cells from untransformed host cells;
(c) culturing a selected transformed host cell under conditions which allow expression of the SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide; and (d) isolating the SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A Related Polypeptide.
Host cells may also comprise genes encoding accessory proteins including but not limited to processing proteases (e. g.
see SEQ ID NO. 8 and 9), translocators of the ATP-binding cassette transporter family (e. g. see SEQ. ID. NO. 10 and 11), regulatory proteins, and dedicated producer self-protection mechanisms. These genes may be those naturally associated with SAG-A or associated with other proteins including nisin, Pep5, subtilin, epilancin, epidermin, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysin L1 or L2 (see Sahl et al Eur. J. Biochem. 230:827, 1995). The genes encoding the accessory proteins may be introduced into the host cell as part of the vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule of the invention or they may be on a separate vector.
Host cells and in particular cell lines produced using the methods described herein may be particularly useful in screening and evaluating substances or compounds that modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
The polypeptides of the invention may also be prepared by chemical synthesis using techniques well known in the chemistry of polypeptides such as solid phase synthesis or synthesis in homogenous solution ( See for example, Merrifield, 1964, J. Am.
Chem. Assoc. 85:2149-2154, Houbenweyl, 1987, Methods of Organic Chemistry, ed. E. Wansch, Vol. 15 I and II, Thieme, Stuttgartsee, J. M. Stewart, and J.D. Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2"d Ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford III. (1984) and G. Barany and R.B. Merrifield, The Peptides: Analysis Synthesis, Biology editors E. Gross and J. Meienhofer Vol. 2 Academic Press, New York, 1980, pp. 3-254 for solid phase synthesis techniques;
and M Bodansky, Principles of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1984, and E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, Eds., The Peptides:
Analysis, Synthesis, Biologu, supra, Vol 1, for classical solution synthesis.) N-terminal or C-terminal fusion or chimeric polypeptides comprising a polypeptide of the invention conjugated with other molecules, such as polypeptides (e. g. markers or targeting agents) may be prepared by fusing, through recombinant techniques, the N-terminal or C-terminal of a polypeptide of the invention, and the sequence of a selected polypeptide or marker polypeptide with a desired biological function. The resultant fusion polypeptides contain a polypeptide of the invention fused to the selected polypeptide or marker polypeptide as described herein.
Polv~efltidas With Lantibiotic Characteristics The amino acid sequence of the SAG-A polypeptide shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1 exhibits close similarities with the class of bacterial peptides known as lantibiotics (Borgia 1997). Sequence characterization information for sagA is described in Example 1.
Several features characteristic of this class of molecules are described in Example 1 and known in the art. The similarity of many of these features with SAG-A shows that it is related to the lantibiotic class of molecules.
Lantibiotics constitute a unique class of ribosomally-synthesized, antimicrobial peptides produced by gram positive bacteria. Their unique structural properties result from the presence of intra-molecular rings formed by thioether bonds of the post-translationally modified amino acids lanthionine (Lan) and 3-methyllanthionine (MeLan) (Nes and Tagg 1996).
Lantibiotics are synthesized on the ribosome as a prepeptide or precursor which undergoes several post-translational modifications and removal of leader sequences. The modifications may include dehydration of specific hydroxyl amino acids to form dehydroamino acids, addition of neighbouring sulfhydryl groups to form thioethers and in specific cases other modifications such as introduction of D-alanine residues from L-serine, formation of lysino-alanine bridges, formation of novel N-terminal blocking groups and oxidative decarboxylation of a C-terminal cysteine.
The first identified lantibiotic, nisin, produced by certain strains of Lactococcus lactis subsp. lactis, is the most widely used lantibiotic in the industrial sector (Delves-Broughton et al.
1996). Following its first successful application as a preservative in processed cheese products, it has since been used in numerous other foods and beverages, including beer, wine and low pH foods such as salad dressings. It is used in natural cheese production and as an adjunct in food processing (Delves-Broughton et al. 1996). It is also used in the treatment and prophylaxis of Helicobacter pylori associated peptic ulcer disease in humans (Blackburn and Projan 1994). Since nisin has also been demonstrated to be particularly bactericidal towards both Staphylococcus and Streptococcus species, it is used as an effective therapeutic agent in the treatment of bovine mastitis (Delves-Broughton et al. 1996).
Other lantibiotics also have numerous commercial applications. For example, the lantibiotic, mersacidin, produced by Bacillus subtilis HIL Y-85,54728 may be an alternative therapeutic agent for the treatment of staphylococcal infections since it is active in vivo against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) strains (Chatterjee et al. 1992).
U.S. Patent No. 5,667,991 (Koller et aI.) teaches a recombinant gene encoding mersacidin. U.S. Patent No. 5,112,806 (De Vos et al.) discloses pharmaceutical compositions containing mersacidin.
Several patents have been filed on the use of lantibiotics in other therapeutic combinations. U.S. Patent No. 5,458,876 (Monticello) discloses a composition for lysing Listeria monocytogenes containing lysozyme and either of the lantibiotics nisin and subtilin. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,512,269 and 5,683,675 (Molina y Vedia, et a~.) teach a method of facilitating the clearance of retained pulmonary secretions in a subject by administering lantibiotics topically to the lungs. U.S. Patent No.
5,043,176 discloses a synergistic antimicrobial composition consisting of an antimicrobial polypeptide, a buffering component and a hypothiocyanate component. U.S. Patent No. 5,670,138 discloses a lantibiotic mouth care product. A more comprehensive review of additional lantibiotics and their applications is found in Ray and Daeschel 1992, Klaenhammer 1993 and De Vuyst and Vandamme 1994.
Despite the widespread potential applications of lantibiotics, they are individually distinct in their bactericidal activity. This limitation creates a need for novel lantibiotics which can be used in the food and pharmaceutical industries.
The invention provides a novel peptide with features consistent with or characteristic of a lantibiotic, encoded by a gene of the invention. The invention also includes an isolated peptide produced from nucleic acid molecules described herein, including an isolated peptide produced from an expression vector.
In a preferred embodiment, the isolated peptide consists of the amino acid sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2 or an isolated peptide having at least 40% homology, 65% homology, 75% homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98% homology to the peptide of SEQ ID NO: 2. The peptide is preferably a lantibiotic. The peptide can be isolated from a group A streptococci cell. The invention also includes an isolated peptide consisting of at least 5 amino acids, 6 to 15 amino acids or 15 to 30 amino acids of the peptides described above.
The invention also contemplates a precursor of a polypeptide of the invention which when expressed in bacteria is converted after translation to the protein streptolysin A. In particular, the invention contemplates a prepeptide or precursor protein (SEQ
ID NO 2) having a propeptide part of the polypeptide (e.g. SEQ ID
NO. 6) fused to one or more leader sequences (e. g. SEQ~ID No.4).
Some or all of the leader sequences may be removed (e.g. SEQ ID
NO. 4) to provide a propeptide which is modified during biosynthesis to form a polypeptide having features consistent with a mature lantibiotic. See Figure 7 showing the proposed Gly-Gly cleavage site.
The invention provides a gene leader fragment encoding a peptide leader sequence which induces post-translational modification of amino acids selected from the group consisting of Cys, Ser, Thr, and mixtures thereof, the fragment comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 3. A polypeptide sequence is also provided which when attached as a leader to a protein precursor which undergoes post-translational modification, assists in inducing the modification, comprising a polypeptide having the biological function of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 4.
The invention also contemplates modifications of the prepeptides produced by coupling leader sequences from other lantibiotics including nisin, Pep5, subtilin, epilancin, epidermis, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysis L1 or L2, to a propeptide part of the protein (e. g. SEQ ID N0. 6). In addition, leader sequences of a polypeptide of the invention having a structure consistent with a lantibiotic can be coupled to propeptides of other lantibiotics including nisin, Peps, subtilin, epilancin, epidermis, gallidermin, lacticin, streptoccin, salivaricin A, mutacin, lactocin S, carnocin, or cytolysis L1 or L2 (See Sahl et al Eur. J. Biochem. 230:827, 1995).
Polypeptides of the invention with features characteristic of a lantibiotic may be produced by inserting an expression vector containing a nucleic acid of the invention in a cell and expressing the peptide.
Still further the invention relates to methods for identifying substances that affect a polypeptide having characteristics of a lantibiotic. Such substances may be identified by determining if a test substance affects the conversion of a precursor of a polypeptide of the invention to the mature protein. The precursor or mature protein may be assayed using 3snown methods to determine the affect of the substance.
The invention also relates to food products, pharmaceutical compositions or vaccines containing these peptides, and to a method for producing a lantibiotic by inserting an expression vector in a cell and expressing the peptide.
Antibodies A polypeptide of the invention (e.g. SEQ ID NO 2, 4, or 6) S can be used to prepare antibodies specific for the polypeptides.
Antibodies can be prepared which bind a distinct epitope in an unconserved region of the polypeptide. An unconserved region of the polypeptide is one that does not have substantial sequence homology to other polypeptides. A region from a conserved region such as a well-characterized sequence can also be used to prepare an antibody to a conserved region of a polypeptide of the invention. Antibodies having specificity for a polypeptide of the invention may also be raised from fusion polypeptides created by expressing fusion polypeptides in host cells as described herein.
IS The invention can employ intact monoclonal or polycional antibodies; chimeric, single chain antibodies (see U.S. Pat No.
4,946,778), simianized antibodies, humanized antibodies (Jones, P.
et al., Nature 321:522, 1986 or Tempest et al., Biotechnology 9:266, 1991), immunologically active fragments (e.g. a Fab or (Fab)2 fragment), an antibody heavy chain, and antibody light chain, a genetically engineered single chain Fv molecule (Ladner et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778), or a chimeric antibody, for example, an antibody which contains the binding specificity of a marine antibody, but in which the remaining portions are of human 2S origin. Antibodies including monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies, fragments and chimeras, etc. may be prepared using methods known to those skilled in the art.
The antibodies of the invention may be used to isolate or to identify clones expressing a polypeptide of the invention or to purify the polypeptides using affinity chromatography. The antibodies of the invention may also be used in diagnostic and therapeutic applications as described herein.
Ac~lications of the Nuclaic Acid Molecules, Polvoectida , and Antibodies of the Invention 3S It would be apparent to one skilled in the art that the nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides of the invention may be employed as research reagents and materials for the discovery of treatments of, and diagnostics for disease, particularly human disease, as further discussed herein.
The nucleic acid molecules, SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide, and antibodies of the invention may be used in the diagnosis of disease. For example, they may have utility in the diagnosis of the stage of infection and the type of infection.
Eukaryotes (herein also " individuals" ), particularly mammals, and especially humans infected with an organism comprising a nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention may be monitored or diagnosed by detecting and/or localizing the nucleic acids and polypeptides of the invention.
The applications of the present invention also include methods for the identification of substances or compounds that modulate the biological activity of a polypeptide of the invention (See below). The substances and compounds, as well as polypeptides, nucleic acids, and antibodies of the invention, etc.
may be used for the treatment of diseases. (See below).
Diaanoetic Methods A variety of methods can be employed for the diagnostic and prognostic evaluation of diseases. Such methods may, for example, utilize nucleic acid molecules of the invention, and fragments thereof, and antibodies directed against polypeptides of the invention, including peptide fragments.
The methods described herein for detecting nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides can be used in the diagnosis of infectious diseases especially caused by GAS by detecting polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
The nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides of the invention are markers for group A streptococci and accordingly the antibodies and probes described herein may also be used to characterize a species or strain of GAS.
The methods described herein may be performed by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one specific nucleic acid or antibody described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings, to screen and diagnose patients and to screen and identify those individuals having a particular type or stage of infection.
Nucleic acid-based detection techniques and peptide detection techniques are described below. The samples that may be analyzed using the methods of the invention include those which are known or suspected to contain sagA or a polypeptide of the invention. The methods may be performed on biological samples including but not limited to cells, lysates of cells which have been incubated in cell culture, DNA (in solutions or bound to a solid support such as for Southern analysis), RNA (in solution or bound to a solid support such as for northern analysis), an extract from cells or a tissue, and biological fluids such as serum, urine, blood, and CSF. The samples may be derived from a patient or a culture.
Methods for Detectinc Nucleic Acid Molecules of th~ Invention The nucleic acid molecules of the invention allow those skilled in the art to construct nucleotide probes for use in the detection of nucleic acid sequences of the invention in biological materials. Suitable probes include nucleic acid molecules based on nucleic acid sequences encoding at least 5 sequential amino acids from regions of the SAG-A Polypeptide, or a SAG-A Related Polypeptide (see SEQ. ID. No. 1 or 3), preferably they comprise 15 to 30 nucleotides.
A nucleotide probe may be labeled with a detectable substance such as a radioactive label that provides for an adequate signal and has sufficient half-life such as 32p, 3g~ 14C
or the like. Other detectable substances that may be used include antigens that are recognized by a specific labeled antibody, fluorescent compounds, enzymes, antibodies specific for a labeled antigen, and luminescent compounds. An appropriate label may be selected having regard to the rate of hybridization and binding of the probe to the nucleotide to be detected and the amount of nucleotide available for hybridization. Labeled probes may be hybridized to nucleic acids on solid supports such as nitrocellulose filters or nylon membranes as generally described in Sambrook et al, 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.). The nucleic acid probes may be used to detect sagA
genes, preferably in human biological samples. The nucleotide probes may also be useful for example in the diagnosis or prognosis of infections particularly those caused by GAS, and in monitoring the progression of these conditions, or monitoring a therapeutic treatment.
The probe may be used in hybridization techniques to detect a sagA gene. The technique generally involves contacting and incubating nucleic acids (e. g. recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes) obtained from a sample from a patient or other cellular source with a probe of the present invention under conditions favourable for the specific annealing of the probes to complementary sequences in the nucleic acids. After incubation, the non-annealed nucleic acids are removed, and the presence of nucleic acids that have hybridized to the probe if any are detected.
The detection of nucleic acid molecules of the invention may involve the amplification of specific gene sequences using an amplification method such as PCR, followed by the analysis of the amplified molecules using techniques known to those skilled in the art. Suitable primers can be routinely designed by one skilled in the art.
Genomic DNA may be used in hybridization or amplification i5 assays of biological samples to detect abnormalities involving sagA structure, including point mutations, insertions, deletions, and chromosomal rearrangements. For example, direct sequencing, single stranded conformational polymorphism analyses, heteroduplex analysis, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, chemical mismatch cleavage, and oligonucleotide hybridization may be utilized.
Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the genotype of a reference sequence. Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to labeled sagA nucleic acid sequences.
Matched sequences can be distinguished from mismatched duplexes by RNase digestion or by differences in melting temperatures. DNA
sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of the DNA fragments in gels, with or without denaturing agents, or by direct DNA sequencing. Nuclease protection assays (e. g. RNase and S1 protection or a chemical cleavage method) may be used to detect sequence changes at specific locations.
Mutations or polymorphisms in a nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be detected by a variety of known techniques to allow for example, for serotyping. RT-PCR preferably in conjunction with automated detection systems (e.g. GeneScan) can be used. For example, primers derived from SEQ ID NO: 1 or 5 may be used to amplify nucleic acids isolated from an infected individual and the amplified nucleic acids may be subjected to various techniques for elucidation of the DNA sequence. Using this method, mutations may be detected and used to diagnose infection and to serotype and/or classify the infectious agent.
In an embodiment of the invention a method is provided for diagnosing disease, preferably bacterial infections, more preferably infections caused by GAS, comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual an increased level of expression of a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, in particular a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO:1 or 5. Increased or decreased expression of sagA nucleic acids may be measured using any of the methods well known in the art for the quantification of nucleic acids such as for example, amplification, PCR, RT-PCR, RNase production, Northern blotting, and other hydridization methods.
t5 Methods for Detectinc Polvceptides Antibodies specifically reactive with a SAG-A Polypeptide, a SAG-A Related Polypeptide, or derivatives, such as enzyme conjugates or labeled derivatives, may be used to detect SAG-A
Polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides in various biological materials. They may be used as diagnostic or prognostic reagents and they may be used to detect increased or decreased levels of SAG-A Polypeptides or SAG-A Related Polypeptides, expression, or abnormalities in the structure of the polypeptides. A diagnostic assay may be used to detect the presence of an infection by detecting increased levels of SAG-A polypeptide to a control.
Immunoassays as well as other techniques such as Western Blot analysis can be used to determine levels of a polypeptide of the invention.
In vitro immunoassays may also be used to assess or monitor the efficacy of particular therapies. The antibodies of the invention may also be used in vitro to determine the level of SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide expression in cells genetically engineered to produce a SAG-A Polypeptide, or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide.
Antibodies of. the invention may be used in any known immunoassays that rely on the binding interaction between an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide of the invention, and the antibodies. Examples of such assays are radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays te.g. ELISA), immunofluorescence, competitive binding *rB
assays, immunoprecipitation, latex agglutination, hemagglutination, and histochemical tests. The antibodies may also be used in Western Blot analysis. The antibodies may be used to detect and quantify polypeptides of the invention in a sample in order to determine their role in particular cellular events or pathological states, and to diagnose and treat such pathological states.
Cytochemical techniques known in the art for localizing antigens using light and electron microscopy may be used to detect a polypeptide of the invention. Generally, an antibody of the invention may be labeled with a detectable substance and a polypeptide may be detected based upon the presence of the detectable substance. Various methods of labeling antibodies are known in the art and may be used. Examples of detectable IS substances include, but are not limited to, the following:
radioisotopes (e.g. , 3 Fi, 1'C, 'sS, msl, 1'lI) , fluorescent labels (e. g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), luminescent labels such as luminol; enzymatic labels (e. g., horseradish peroxidase, ~i-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, acetylcholinesterase), biotinyl groups (which can be detected by marked avidin e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or calorimetric methods), predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e. g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags). In some embodiments, labels are attached via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Antibodies may also be coupled to electron dense substances, such as ferritin or colloidal gold, which are readily visualised by electron microscopy.
The antibody or sample may be immobilized on a carrier or solid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, antibodies, etc. For example, the carrier or support may be nitrocellulose, or glass, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite. The support material may have any possible configuration including spherical (e.g. bead), cylindrical (e.g. inside surface of a test tube or well, or the external surface of a rod), or flat (e. g. sheet, test strip). Indirect methods may also be employed in which the primary antigen-antibody reaction is amplified by the introduction of a second antibody, having specificity for the antibody reactive against a polypeptide of the invention. By way of example, if the antibody having specificity against a polypeptide of the invention is a rabbit IgG antibody, the second antibody may be goat anti-rabbit gamma-globulin labeled with a detectable substance as described herein.
Where a radioactive label is used as a detectable substance, a polypeptide of the invention may be localized by radioautography. The results of radioautography may be quantitated by determining the density of particles in the radioautographs by various optical methods, or by counting the grains.
Methods for Identifvina or 8valuatina Substanoea/Comaounds The methods described herein are designed to identify substances or compounds that modulate the activity of a SAG-A
Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide. " Modulate" refers to a change or an alteration in the biological activity of a polypeptide of the invention. Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in activity, a change in characteristics, or any other change in the biological, functional, or immunological properties of the polypeptide.
Substances and compounds identified using the methods of the invention include but are not limited to peptides such as soluble peptides including Ig-tailed fusion peptides, members of random peptide libraries and combinatorial chemistry-derived molecular libraries made of D- and/or L-configuration amino acids, phosphopeptides (including members of random or partially degenerate, directed phosphopeptide libraries), antibodies [e. g.
polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric, single chain antibodies, fragments, (e.g. Fab, F(ab)2, and Fab expression library fragments, and epitope-binding fragments thereof)], and small organic or inorganic molecules. A substance or compound may be an endogenous physiological compound or it may be a natural or synthetic compound.
Substances which modulate a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide can be identified based on their ability to interact with a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide.
Therefore, the invention also provides methods for identifying substances which interact with a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide. Substances identified using the methods of the invention may be isolated, cloned and sequenced using conventional techniques. A substance that interacts with a polypeptide of the invention may be an agonist or antagonist of the biological or immunological activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
The term "agonist", refers to a molecule that increases the amount of, or prolongs the duration of, the activity of the polypeptide. The term °antagonist" refers to a molecule which decreases the biological or immunological activity of the polypeptide. Agonists and antagonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that interact with a polypeptide of the invention.
Substances which can interact with a polypeptide of the 1S invention may be identified by reacting the polypeptide with a test substance which potentially interacts with the polypeptide, under conditions Which permit the interaction, and removing and/or detecting complexes of the polypeptides and substance. Substance-polypeptide complexes, free substance, non-complexed polypeptide, or activated golypeptide may be assayed. Conditions which permit the formation of complexes may be selected having regard to factors such as the nature and amounts of the substance and the polypeptide.
Substance-polypeptide complexes, free substances or 2S non-complexed poiypeptides may be isolated by conventional isolation techniques, for example, salting out, chromatography, electrophoresis, gel filtration, fractionation, absorption, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, agglutination, or combinations thereof. To facilitate the assay of the components, antibody against the polypeptide or the substance, or labelled polypeptide, or a labelled substance may be utilized. The antibodies, polypeptides, or substances may be labelled with a detectable substance as described above. A polypeptide, or the substance used in the method of the invention may be insolubilized.
In an embodiment of the invention, there are provided methods for identifying compounds which bind to or otherwise interact With and inhibit or activate an activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the invention. The method may comprise contacting a polypeptide of nucleic acid molecule of the invention with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to or other interaction between the compound and the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule to assess the binding to or other interaction with the compound, such binding or interaction being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding or interaction of the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule with the compound, and determining whether the compound binds to or otherwise interacts with and activates or inhibits an activity of the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule by detecting the presence or absence of a signal generated from the binding or interaction of the compound with the polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule.
The invention also contemplates a method for evaluating a compound for its ability to modulate the activity of a polypeptide of the invention, by assaying for an agonist or antagonist (i.e.
enhancer or inhibitor3 of the interaction of the polypeptide with a substance that binds or otherwise interacts with the polypeptide. The basic method for evaluating if a compound is an agonist or antagonist of the interaction of a polypeptide of the invention and a substance that interacts with the polypeptide, is to prepare a reaction mixture containing the polypeptide and the substance under conditions which permit the formation of substance- polypeptide complexes, in the presence of a test compound. The test compound may be initially added to the mixture, or may be added subsequent to the addition of the polypeptide and substance. Control reaction mixtures without the test compound or with a placebo are also prepared. The formation of complexes is detected and the formation of complexes in the control reaction but not in the reaction mixture indicates that the test compound interferes with the interaction of the polypeptide and substance.
The reactions may be carried out in the liquid phase or the polypeptide, substance, or test compound may be immobilized as described herein.
The reagents suitable for applying the methods of the invention to evaluate compounds that modulate a polypeptide of the invention may be packaged into convenient kits providing the necessary materials packaged into suitable containers. The kits may also include suitable supports useful in performing the methods of the invention.
*rB
The nucleic acid sequences provided herein may be used in the discovery and development of antibacterial compounds. The encoded protein, upon expression, can be used as a target for the screening of antibacterial drugs. Additionally, the nucleic acid sequences encoding the amino terminal regions of the encoded protein or the translation facilitating sequences of the respective mRNA can be used to construct antisense sequences to control the expression of the coding sequence of interest.
Polypeptides of the invention that have characteristics of a lantibiotic may be used to design drugs. Since lantibiotics are gene-encoded peptides as opposed to peptide antibiotics synthesized by multi-enzyme complexes, site-directed mutagenesis can be used in the construction of modified SAG-A peptides. One skilled in the art is familiar with techniques to substitute amino acids for certain residues of SAG-A to optimize chemical and physical properties such as enhanced bactericidal action and stability. Techniques for the genetic engineering of ~~ new drugs"
are used to engineer SAG-A as has been done with the lantibiotic subtilin (Liu and Hansen 1992).
Vaccines The marked impairment in the virulence of two clinically relevant S. pyogenes strains by transposon insertion in the sag~1 promoter region shows that SAG-A plays an important role in GAS
pathogenesis. Therefore, antibodies directed against the SAG-A
peptide may provide protection against streptococcal infections and the peptide may be used in a human vaccine. The invention includes the antibodies, fragments of the antibodies and the hybridoma, which secretes the monoclonal antibodies.
Accordingly broadly stated, the invention contemplates a vaccine comprising an immunogenic polypeptide of the invention.
The polypeptides provided by the invention can be used to vaccinate a subject for protection from a particular disease, infection, or condition caused by an organism producing a SAG-A
polypeptide, particularly a GAS infection. A SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide (e.g, a fragment or variant), can be used to inoculate a host organism such that the host produces an active immune response (e. g. an antibody and/or T cell immune response) to the presence of the polypeptide which can later protect the host from infection by an organism producing the polypeptide. One skilled in the art will appreciate that an immune response especially a cell-mediated immune response to a polypeptide of the invention can provide later protection from reinfection or from infection from a closely related strain.
Immunization can be achieved through artificial vaccination (Kuby, J. Immunology W.H. Freeman and Co. New York, 1992). This immunization may be achieved by administering to individuals the polypeptide either alone or with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Immunogenic amounts of a polypeptide of the invention can be determined using standard procedures. Briefly, various concentrations of the polypeptide are prepared, administered to individuals, and the immunogenic response (e.g. production of antibodies or cell mediated immunity) to each concentration is determined. Procedures for monitoring the immunogenic response of individuals after inoculation with the polypeptide are well known.
For example, samples can be assayed using ELISA to detect the presence of specific antibodies, or lymphocytes, or cytokine production can be monitored. The specificity of a putative immunogenic antigen of a polypeptide can be determined by testing sera, other fluids or lymphocytes from the inoculated individual for cross-reactivity with any closely related poiypeptides.
The amount of the polypeptide administered will depend on the individual, the condition of the individual, the size of the individual etc. but will be at least an immunogenic amount. The polypeptide can be formulated with adjuvants and with additional compounds including cytokines, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Techniques for preparing or using vaccines are known in the art. To prepare the vaccine, the peptide, or a fragment of the peptide, may be mixed with other antigens, a vehicle or an excipient. Examples of peptide vaccines are found in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,679,352, 5,194,254 and 4,950,480. Techniques for preparing vaccines involving site directed mutagenesis are described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,714,372, 5,543,302, 5,433,945, 5,358,868, 5,332,583, 5,244,657, 5,221,618, 5,14?,643, 5,085,862 and 5,073,494. It will be appreciated that a SAG-A Polypeptide or SAG-A Related Polypeptide may be chemically treated (e. g. glutaraldehyde) before it is used as a vaccine. Chemical treatment may substantially *rB
decrease or destroy the biological activity of the polypeptide.
The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant employed in a vaccine of the present invention can be selected by standard criteria (Arnon, R. (ed.) " Synthetic Vaccines" I:83-92, CRC
Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Fla., 1987). By ~ pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable that is, the material may be administered to an individual along with the selected compound without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in an undesirable manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical compositions in which it is contained. The carrier or adjuvant may depend on the method of administration and the particular individual.
Methods of administration can be oral, sublingual, mucosal, inhaled, absorbed, or by injection. Actual methods of preparing appropriate dosage forms are known or will be apparent to those skilled in the art. (See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Martin E.W. (ed) latest edition Mack Publishing Co.
Easton, Pa}.
Parenteral administration if used is generally characterized by injection. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions. A more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained (see for example U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795}.
It is also contemplated that immunization can be achieved by a genetic immunization approach. A nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be used in genetic immunization employing a suitable delivery system. Examples of such systems include direct injection of plasmid DNA into muscles (Wolff et al., Hum Mol Genet 1992, 1:363; Manthorpe et al Hum Gene Ther 1963, 4:419); delivery of DNA
complexed with specific protein carriers (Wu et al., J. Biol.
Chem, 1989: 264, 16985}; coprecipitation of DNA with calcium phosphate (Benvenisty & Reshef, PNAS 1986, 83: 9551), encapsulation of DNA in various forms of liposomes (Kaneda et al., Science 243:375, 1989); particle bombardment (Tang et al. Nature, 1992, 356:152, Eisenbraun et al, DNA Cell Biol 1993, 12:791); and in vivo infection using cloned retroviral vectors (Seeger et al, PNAS 81:5849, 1984).
In an embodiment of the invention, a peptide of the invention is used as a human vaccine for preventing streptococcal disease, such as necrotizing fasciitis (NF) and streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome (STSS).
Comvositions and Treatmeats The polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, substances or compounds identified by the methods described herein, antibodies, and antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be used for modulating the activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the invention. The polypeptides etc. may have particular application in the treatment of diseases. Inhibitors or antagonists of a polypeptide of the invention having cytolytic IS activity may be used to treat disorders including diseases caused by streptococcal infections such as endocarditis, cellulitis, brain abscesses, glomerulonephritis, pneumonia, meningitis, osteomyelitis, pharyngitis, rheumatic fever, pneumonia, strep throat, scarlet fever, impetigo, necrotizing fasciitis, rheumatic carditis, and toxic shock.
Inhibitors and antagonists of a polypeptide of the invention are particularly useful in reducing tissue necrosis caused by an organism producing a polypeptide of the invention. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment the inhibitors or antagonists are used to treat necrotizing fasciitis.
A polypeptide of the invention which has characteristics of a lantibiotic (e.g. a SAG-A peptide) may be useful in both the pharmaceutical and food industries. It may exhibit antibacterial activity against a wide variety of gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria and it may be used as a food preservative, an antibacterial agent for medical use, a preservative for construction materials and/or paints, an antibacterial agent for horticultural use, a preservative for livestock feed, a preservative for fish feed, and the like, and it may be used as an antibacterial agent in a wide variety of fields.
The methods of preparing food preservative agents, including lantibiotics, and their use are well known in the art. For examples, see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,646,014, 5,453,420, 5,397,499, 5,260,271, 5,213,833, 5,026,856, 4,961,945, 4,728,376, 4,670,288, 4,538,002, 4,410,547, and 3,936,359. The applications for such polypeptides (e.g. SAG-A peptide) include some of the same uses of other lantibiotics known in the art. Some of the preferred advantages of the SAG-A peptide are due to its unique stability and solubility as compared with other lantibiotics when exposed to different food environments, features which are important when using SAG-A as a biopreservative. SAG-A may be used with a variety of solid, semi-solid and liquid food products. Also, the distinct antimicrobial activity of SAG-A against multidrug-resistant bacteria may be tested and characterized using techniques well known in the art.
Polypeptides of the invention having cytolytic activity may be used to lyse microbial and eukaryotic cells. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for lysing microbial and eukaryotic cells comprising contacting the cells with a polypeptide of the invention having cytolytic activity in an amount effective to lyse the cells. The cells include gram positive and gram negative procaryotic microorganisms (e.g. bacteria, fungi, viruses, or protozoans), neoplastic cells including lymphomas, leukemias, or carcinomas, or eukaryotic cells infected With an intracellular pathogenic microorganism. Cytolytic polypeptides of the invention may therefore be used to treat plants and animals against microbial infections, including bacterial, yeast, fungal, viral and protozoan infections and they may be used in the treatment of cancer. They may function synergistically with conventional therapeutic agents such as antibiotics and anti-cancer treatments, and they may be used as adjuvants.
Cytolytic polypeptides of the invention may be used to selectively lyse cells. Cells may be selectively lysed using a chimeric toxin comprising a cytolytic polypeptide of the invention operatively linked to a targeting agent. The polypeptide may be linked to the targeting agent via peptide linkages. The chimeric toxins allow therapeutic targeting of the toxic action of a cytolytic polypeptide of the invention to target cells such as tumor cells.
The targeting agent may be an any immunologic binding agent such as IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, F(ab~)2, a univalent fragment such as Fab~, Fab, Dab, as well as engineered antibodies such as recombinant antibodies, humanized antibodies, bispecific antibodies, and the like. Monoclonal antibodies that bind specifically to carcinoma-associated antigens including glycoproteins, glycolipids, and mucins may be employed in the chimeric toxins of the invention (See Fink et al. Prog. Clin.
Pathol. 9:121-33, 1984; U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,579 describing monoclonal antibodies to non-small cell lung carcinomas; U.S. Pat.
No. 4,753,894 describing monoclonal antibodies to human breast cancer; U.S. Pat. No. 4,579,827 describing monoclonal antibodies to human gastrointestinal cancer; U.S. Pat. No. 4,713,352 describing monoclonal antibodies to human renal carcinoma; U.S.
Pat. No. 4, 612,282 describing monoclonal antibody B72.3 recognizing a tumor-associated mucin antigen; U.S. Pat. No.
4,708,930 describing monoclonal antibody KC-4; Young et al J. Exp Med 150:1008, 1979, Kneip et aI J. Immunol 131(3):1591, 1983, Rosen et al Cancer Research 44:2052, 1984, Varki et al Cancer Research 44:681, 1984, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4, 507,391 and 4,579,827 describes monoclonal antibodies specific for glycolipid antigens associated with tumor cells).
Alternatively, growth factors, rather than antibodies, may be utilized as the reagents to target therapeutic agents to target cells. Any growth factor may be used for such a targeting purpose, so long as it binds to a target cell, generally by binding to a growth factor receptor present on the surface of such a cell. Suitable growth factors for targeting include, but are not limited to, VEGF/VPF (vascular endothelial growth factor/vascular permeability factor), FGF (which, as used herein, refers to the fibroblast growth factor family of proteins), TFG(3 (transforming growth factor beta), and pleitotropin. Preferably, the growth factor receptor to which the targeting growth factor binds should be present at a higher concentration on the surface of target cells (i.e. disease cells such as tumor cells) than on non-target cells (i.e. normal cells). Most preferably, the growth factor receptor to which the targeting growth factor binds should, further, be present at a higher concentration on the surface of target cells than on non-target cells.
A chimeric toxin of the invention may be produced using either standard recombinant DNA techniques or standard synthetic chemistry techniques, both of which are well known to those skilled in the art.
The polypeptides, substances, antibodies, and compounds of the invention may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo. By ~~biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo" is meant a form of the substance to be administered in which any toxic effects are outweighed by the therapeutic effects. The substances may be administered to living organisms including humans, and animals.
Administration of a therapeutically active amount of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention is defined as an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result. For example, a therapeutically active amount of a substance may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of antibody to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage regima may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. Dosages to be administered depend on individual patient condition, indication of the drug, physical and chemical stability of the drug, toxicity, the desired effect and on the chosen route of administration (Robert Rakel, ed., Conn's Current Therapy (1995, W.B. Saunders Company, USA)).
The compositions described herein can be prepared by per se known methods for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which can be administered to subjects, such that an effective quantity of the active substance is combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Suitable vehicles are described, for example, in Remington~s Pharmaceutical Sciences (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 18'h ed, (1990, Mack Publishing Company) and subsequent editions). On this basis, the compositions include, albeit not exclusively, solutions of the substances or compounds in association With one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents, and contained in buffered solutions with a suitable pH and iso-osmotic with the physiological fluids.
Pharmaceutical compositions used to treat patients having diseases, disorders or abnormal physical states could include SAG-A or another peptide of the invention and an acceptable vehicle or excipient. Examples of vehicles include saline and D5W (5%
dextrose and water). Excipients include additives such as a buffer, solubilizer, suspending agent, emulsifying agent, viscosity controlling agent, flavor, lactose filler, antioxidant, preservative or dye. There are preferred excipients for stabilizing peptides for parenteral and other administration. The excipients include serum albumin, glutamic or aspartic acid, phospholipids and fatty acids. The protein may be formulated in solid or semisolid form, for example pills, tablets, dreams, ointments, powders, emulsions, gelatin capsules, capsules, suppositories, gels or membranes.
Routes of administration include oral, topical, rental, parenteral (injectable), local, inhalant and epidural IS administration. The compositions of the invention may also be conjugated to transgort molecules to facilitate transport of the molecules. The methods for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which can be administered to patients are known in the art.
The polypeptides etc. and compositions of the invention may be used alone, or in combination with another pharmaceutically active agent.
The invention also contemplates an antibody that specifically binds the therapeutically active ingredient used in a treatment or composition of the invention. The antibody may be used to measure the amount of the therapeutic molecule in a sample taken from a patient for purposes of monitoring the course of therapy.
The nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide of the invention or any fragment thereof. or antisense sequences may be used for therapeutic purposes. Antisense to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention may be used in situations to block the synthesis of the polypeptide. In particular, cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to nucleic avid molecules encoding a SAG-A Polypegtide or SAG-A
Related Polypeptide. Thus, antisense sequences may be used to modulate activity or to achieve regulation of gene function. This technology is well known in the art, and sense or antisense oligomers or larger fragments, can be designed from various locations along the coding or regulatory regions of sequences encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
Expression vectors may be derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, herpes or vaccinia viruses or from various bacterial S plasmids for delivery of nucleic acid sequences to the target cells. Vectors that express antisense nucleic acid sequences of SAG-A Polypeptides can be constructed using techniques well known to those skilled in the art (see for example, Sambrook et al.).
Genes encoding a SAG-A Polypeptide can be turned off by transforming cells with expression vectors that express high levels of a nucleic acid molecule or fragment thereof which encodes a polypeptide of the invention. Such constructs may be used to introduce untranslatable sense or antisense sequences into a cell. Even if they do not integrate into the DNA, the vectors may continue to transcribe RNA molecules until all copies are disabled by endogenous nucleases. Transient expression may last for extended periods of time (e.g a month or more) with a non-replicating vector, or if appropriate replication elements are part of the vector system.
Modification of gene expression may be achieved by designing antisense molecules, DNA, RNA, or PNA, to the control regions of a sagA gene i.e. the promoters, and enhancers. Preferably the antisense molecules are oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site (e.g. between positions -10 and +1o from the start site). Inhibition can also be achieved by using triple-helix base-pairing techniques. Triple helix pairing causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules (see Gee J.E. et al (1994) In: Huber, B.E.
and B.I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, N.Y.). An antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by inhibiting binding of the transcript to the ribosomes.
Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. Ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may be engineered that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
Specific ribosome cleavage sites within any RNA target may be initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences:
GUA, GW, and GUC. Short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the cleavage site of the target gene may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuciease protection assays.
The activity of the substances, compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, and compositions of the invention may be confirmed in in vitro cell systems or in animal experimental model systems (e. g. the dermonecretic mouse model described herein).
The following non-limiting examples are illustrative of the present invention:
BXAMPLBS
Facample 1. Characterization of sagA.
The sagA gene has features that are fundamental for encoding a functional transcript, specifically, consensus promoter elements upstream of an ATG start codon (Fig. 2). Also, Northern blot analyses have revealed that while sagA is transcriptionally active in the wild-type parent strains, mRNA transcripts are not produced in the non-hemolytic transconjugants. Based on sequence analysis, sagA encodes a 53 amino acid peptide containing a long string of cysteine residues spanning seven out of nine consecutive residues.
Its estimated translational size is consistent with the findings of Lai and colleagues (1978) that suggest SLS is a low molecular weight protein. Therefore, sagA is the proposed structural gene for SLS. The absence of features characteristic of a DNA binding regulator or processing enzyme shows that the gene is not encoding for a regulatory element of SLS. The sagA sequence is unique as it lacks homology with all known regulatory or structural determinants.
The amino acid sequence analysis of the sagA translational product revealed that a characteristic lantibiotic double glycine motif cleavage site (GG) is present 22 and 23 residues from the amino terminus, with a corresponding proline residue at position 21 also common to many lantibiotics (Sahl et al. 1995). As peptide cleavage has been shown to play a fundamental role in the biosynthesis of all lantibiotics, the presence of such a site in the SAG-A peptide shows a significant similarity between SAG-A and other lantibiotics. Moreover, if the SAG-A peptide were cleaved at this site, the two fragments generated would be of similar size and amino acid composition as those generated by the proteolytic cleavage of other lantibiotics. In particular, the unusually high percentage composition of cysteine, serine and threonine residues in the C-terminal fragment of SAG-A is characteristic of the lantibiotic pro-peptide or active fragment and shows that this domain of the SAG-A peptide represents the active lantibiotic/hemolysin. A distinct separation of the cysteine residues in the amino half of the 5AG-A pro-peptide and the serine residues in its carboxy terminus is characteristic of the type-A
group of lantibiotics (Jung 1991). In addition, the post-translational modification of cysteine residues may account for the lack of cysteine content in previously reported amino acid compositions of SLS (Alouf and Geoffroy 1988; Koyama 1963), as free cysteines are never found in lantibiotics. Also, the presence of intra-molecular rings formed by the thioether amino acids, lanthionine and 3-methyllanthionine, derived from the N-terminal cysteine residues in the putative pro-peptide of SAG-A may account for the previous unsuccessful attempts by Alouf (1988) to sequence SLS by Edman degradation. Finally, in terms of function, the association of SAG-A with hemolysis parallels the membrane and pore-forming ability of several lantibiotics of the type-A
category. In particular, Brock and Davie (1963) showed that the hemolytic activity of the lantibiotic cytolysin LL/LS, produced by Enterococcus faecalis, correlates with its bacteriocin action.
Interestingly, studies of the enterococcal cytolysin were first initiated because of its potential role as a virulence factor in infectious disease.
8RP$RI>IO;NTS LBADINO TO THB IDENTIFICATION OF T8B sagA Q8N8 Examples 2-12 describe in detail the studies leading to the identification of the sagA gene and its role in virulence.
8xamole 2 - Generation of non-hamolvtic tranaconiuQanta.
In this investigation, SLS-deficient Tn916 mutants were generated from two strains of GAS. Each of the wild-types were associated with severe streptococcal disease in humans (Musser et al. 1993; Schlievert et al. 1977). The mutants were compared to wild- type using a murine model of subcutaneous streptococcal infection, and a gene associated with SLS production designated sagA, for streptolysin S-associated gene, was identified. Non-hemolytic, tetracycline resistant transconjugants resulted from mating GAS strains MGAS166s and TlBPs with the Tn916 donor strain E. faecalis CG110 at a frequency of 10-' fox both recipients.
Transconjugants maintained the non-hemolytic phenotype after subculture on selective media. When Tn916 excision assays were conducted on non-hemolytic transconjugants derived from TlBPs and MGAS166s, the wildtype, beta-hemolytic phenotype was restored and detected as a zone of beta-hemolysis within a confluent mat of non-hemolytic bacteria. The frequency of excision of Tn916 was in the order of 10-° and 10-' for SBNfiS and SH30-2, respectively.
Because of the low frequency of Tn916 excision, it was necessary to screen fox hemolytic revertants on a confluent mat of bacteria.
Bxam~le 3 - aeaetic characterizatioa of the aoa-hamolvtic transconiuaaats and hemolvtic revertaate.
The Tn916 probe used spanned the only HindIII restriction site within Ta916. Cleavage at this site divides the transposon into two fragments of approximately 6 kb and 12 kb (Clewell et al. 1993). After HindIII digestion, each copy of Tn916 which has integrated into the chromosome of the recipient strains yields two bands that hybridize with the probe. Two HindIII fragments, approximately 14 and 7.8 kb, from each of the non-hemolytic mutants derived from MGAS166s hybridized with the tetM probe. For each non-hemolytic mutant derived from TlBPs, HindIII fragments of 14 and 6.5 kb hybridized with the tetM probe. This pattern was seen even in those non-hemolytic transconjugants which possessed more than a single insertion (Fig. 1). Two non-hemolytic transconjugants derived from Tl8Ps, designated SB30-2 and one from MGAS166s, designated SBNHS, were chosen for further study.
Excision of Tn916 from SB30-2 and SBNHS was permitted by growth in the absence of tetracycline and confirmed by detecting tetracycline susceptible, hemolytic revertants. Restoration of the wild phenotype is consistent with previous reports that Tn916 is capable of precise excision (Gawron-Burke and Clewell 1984). Two revertants were selected for further analysis, NHSrev and 30-2rev, derived from SBNH5 and SB30-2 respectively. Neither revertant hybridized with the tetM specific probe and excision of Tn916 was precise as it resulted in restoration of the hemolytic phenotype.
Bxam~la 4 - Analysis of Tn9I6 insertion site.
In order to identify the wild-type region into which Tn916 inserted, a genomic library of MGAS166s was generated using the low copy number plasmid, pACYCl84. Clones containing the wild-type region corresponding to the insertion site of Tn916 were identified using a 2.2 kb PI-PCR product which was generated using Tn916 derived outward reading primers. Three clones were identified containing a 3.8 kb fragment which hybridized with the Tn916 flanking region probe. A single clone, SL-1, was chosen for further analysis. Confirmation that the 3.8 kb insert in pSL-1 corresponded to the region interrupted by Tn916 insertion in the wildtype was done by probing HindIII digested genomic DNA from both MGAS166s and SBNHS with the 3.8 kb insert. A single band at 3.8 kb was detected in MGAS166s while two bands, at approximately 14 and 7.8 kb were detected in SBNHS.
The entire 3.8 kb insert in pSL-1 was sequenced in both directions yielding a fragment of exactly 3,732 bp. Analysis of the sequence using the Wisconsin GCG computer program identified several putative ORF~s. However, only a single ORF, designated sagA, demonstrated nearly all of the conserved elements of a functional transcript (Fig. 2). A consensus Shine-Dalgarno (AGGAGG) sequence is located exactly 10 by upstream of the ATG
start codon. Approximately 150 by upstream of this site is the -l0 promoter (TATAAT), and 167 by upstream of this lies the -35 promoter region sequence of TTTACA. The sagA ORF appears to code for a peptide of 53 amino acids which is devoid of a signal sequence. It is also interesting to note the unusual presence of several cysteine residues near the amino terminal; seven cysteines, five consecutive, followed by two tyrosines, followed by two more cysteine residues. Analysis of the sequence of sagA
using FASTA and BLAST searches failed to detect significant homology with other known sequences. Furthermore, the sequence of sagA was not found in the Oklahoma GAS genomic sequence data base.
To determine the exact insertion site of Tn916, PCR products were generated using primers based on the known 3.8 kb sequence coupled with outward reading primers from Tn916. PCR products were sequenced and allowed precise determination of the Tn916 insertion point Which was midway within the putative promoter region of sagA, 11 by downstream of the -35 element and 6 by upstream of the -10 TATA box.
Sequence analysis of PCR products of the genomic DNA
flanking Tn916 derived from SB30-2 confirmed that Tn9I6 insertion was in exactly the same locus. Furthermore, Tn916 was oriented in the same direction as it was in SBNHS.
Sxaamle 5 - Transcription of aavA.
To show that sagA was transcribed, RNA was isolated from MGAS166s and SBNH5 and probed with DNA corresponding only to sagA
(Fig. 3). A transcript was detected in RNA isolated from MGAS166s which gave a maximal signal at 4-6 hours post mid-log phase. The transcription product corresponded to a size of approximately 400 by which was in keeping with the expected size of an mRNA product from sagA. No detectable transcript was observed from RNA
isolated from SBNHS at any time point. Probing the same membranes with the 16s rRNA probe did not yield any differences between RNA
from MGAS166s and SBNHS.
Example 6 - M-tvninc of mutants.
M-typing of non-hemolytic transconjugants confirmed that M-protein was produced and both SB30-2 and SBNH5 had the same M-protein phenotype as their M18 and M1 parent strains respectively.
No difference in M-protein quantity was seen between MGAS166s and SBNHS by Western blotting using a monoclonal antibody to the constant region of M1 protein.
Example 7 - Hemolytic activity.
The non-hemolytic mutants SBNH5 and SB30-2 showed no beta-hemolysis on blood agar indicating that SLS activity had been ablated. Hemolysis profiles were identical to ATCC27762 which does not produce SLS but does produce SLO (Bernheimer 1954). An assay specific for SLO conducted under reducing conditions showed continued SLO production in all strains of GAS tested. Hemolysis was detected in the presence of the SLS inhibitor trypan blue but not in the presence of both trypan blue and the SLO inhibitor cholesterol (Table 2). SLS production peaked at late log phase for MGAS166s whereas there Was no detectable SLS activity for SBNHS at all points measured. These results confirm that SLO was not affected by the insertion of Tn9I6 and the absence of beta-hemolysis was attributable to the loss of SLS activity, a profile similar to the SLS-deficient Tn9I6 insertion mutants of Nida and Cleary (1983).
BxamDle 8 - Growth rate comaarisoas.
To determine if the mutation conferred by Tn9~6 insertion had affected growth in addition to ablating SLS activity, the growth rates of the mutants were compared to their parent strains.
There was no difference between the growth rate of either SB30-2 or SBNHS when each strain was compared to its respective parent strain.
8xampla 9 - Protein and hvaluronic acid capsule vroduction.
There was no difference in production of cell-associated and extracellular proteins, resolved by SDS-PAGE, between the non-hemolytic mutants and their parent strains suggesting that the Tn916 had no gross pleiotropic effect. In addition, hyaluronic acid production was measured and strains were tested for DNase and caseinase activity. Both non-hemolytic insertion mutants retained their respective wild types in all three assays (Table 3).
8xxsamla 10 - Reduced virulence of SLS deficient transconiuaants.
Reproducible, non-lethal lesions were generated following injection of 106 CFU MGAS166s and 10' CFU TlBPs subcutaneously into mice. The difference in inoculum size, needed to produce the same virulence profile, is likely due to inherent differences in virulence between M1 and Mle serotypes of GAS.
The non-hemolytic transconjugants, SB30-2 and SBNAS, showed markedly reduced virulence compared to their wild-type counterparts. Mice infected with 106 CFU of the wildtype strain MGAS166s exhibited a mean weight loss, -1.16 ~ 0.42 g, compared to mice Which received either SBNH5 or sterile cytodex alone (p<0.05, Fisher's PSLD). Mice which received 106 CFU of SBNH5 demonstrated a mean weight gain of +1.15 t 0.2 g in the first 24 hours after injection. This change in weight was not significantly different from the mean weight gain of +1.44 t 0.29 g seen in the uninfected controls (Fig. 4). Similarly, mice injected with lob CFU of the wildtype hemolytic TlBPs exhibited a significant mean weight loss, -0.66 t 0.28 g, in the first 24 hours after infection when compared to the weight gain observed in mice which received the i same infective dose of the non-hemolytic SB30-2, +0.54 ~ 0.13 g (p<0.05 Fisher's PS7~D) .
None of the nine mice which received the non-hemolytic transconjugant SBNHS developed a necrotic lesion, while 7 of the 9 mice (78%) which received the wildtype MGAS166s developed necrotic lesions (p=0.0007, Fisher s Exact test). Similarly, of the nine mice which received SB30-2, only one mouse (11%) developed a necrotic lesion compared to a of the 9 mice (89%) which developed necrotic lesion when injected with the wildtype Tl8Ps (p=0.001, Fisher s Exact test). Data for the M1 and M18 strain were similar to each other in two separate experiments.
Two phenotypic revertants, 30-2rev and NHSrev, from which Ta916 had excised, derived from SB30-2 and SBNH5 respectively were compared to the wild types, TlBPs and MGAS166s. The number of necrotic lesions and weight changes were not significantly different from that produced by the wild type in each case.
Sxamole 11 - Gross and histoloaical characterization of infected tissue.
In mice which were infected with MGAS166s, initial examination of the lesions revealed indurated zones surrounded by edema. The indurated zones subsequently progressed, yielding centralized ulceration and necrosis which did not penetrate the underlying musculature (Fig. 5). MGAS166s produced a maximum mean necrotic lesion size of 90.4 mmz. No necrotic lesions were observed in animals infected with SBNHS, though some animals did develop slight localized edema within 24 hours of infection similar to the mice which received sterile cytodex. Animals infected with the M18 strains, TlBPs and SB30-2, showed a similar pattern when comparing the wild-type with the non-hemolytic mutant. The maximum mean necrotic lesion area was 31 mm~ in animals infected with T18P. For the single animals which were infected with SB30-2 and developed lesions in two separate experiments, the maximum area was 10 mmz.
Twenty four hours post infection, biopsies of tissue from animals which had been infected with MGA5166s, differed histologically from SBNFiS or sterile cytodex inoculated animals.
Sections of tissue from mice which received MGAS166s demonstrated evidence of profuse acute inflammation with dense infiltration of neutrophils and tissue necrosis. Biopsies obtained from mice which received SBNHS did not show evidence of acute inflammation and no tissue damage was evident (Fig. 6). Gram staining of the sections revealed Gram positive cocci distributed throughout the tissue obtained from mice infected with MGAS166s, while tissue from mice which received SBNH5 failed to demonstrate any bacteria in all fields scanned. Examination of hematoxylin and eosin stained or Gram stained tissue sections from mice which received SBNFi5, did not show an appreciable difference compared with tissue from mice which received a sterile cytodex injection.
Example 12 - Culturing of lesions.
To determine if the phenotype of the infecting strains had remained the same as the injected organisms, lesions were cultured from animals which had received either MGAS166s or SBNH5 after 1 and 5 days. As there were no necrotic lesions on mice infected with SBNH5, the erythematous injection site, comparable in size to the lesion on the mice which received sterile cytodex, was excised for culturing. All lesions from animals which received MGAS166s grew tetracycline susceptible, hemolytic GAS. However, no organisms grew from tissue cultured at either 1 or 5 days from mice which had received SBNH5. In two separate experiments, one out of 9 mice infected with SB30-2 developed necrotic lesions from which hemolytic, tetracycline susceptible, GAS were cultured.
Animals infected with SB30-2 received an inoculum of 10~ CFU, probably sufficient to permit the emergence of revertants from which Tn9I6 had excised. Growth of the revertants may explain the production of the small necrotic lesion in animals infected with the non-hemolytic SB30-2 in two separate experiments.
Sxamnle 13. - Expression of the Sag-A Peptide A translational fusion between the C-terminal portion of the Escherichia coli produced maltose-binding protein (MBP) gene and the sagA sequence is constructed to allow the expression and subsequent purification of large quantities of the SAG-A peptide.
Expression systems that have all the components required for the correct post-translational modifications of the precursors and are known in the art are examined for the expression of the SAG-A
peptide. Expression systems have been described for nisin, subtilin, epidermis and Peps (Saris et al. 1996).
Example 14. - Antibodies directed to SACi-A
Subsequent to its purification, the MBP-SAG-A fusion protein is used to raise antibodies in rabbits. Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies are prepared according to established techniques (Harlow E & Lane D (1988). Antibodies: a laboratory manual. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. New York). The protective role of anti-SAG-A antibodies was also identified in an animal model of infection. In addition, in vitro hemolysis inhibition studies are performed to characterize SAG-A specific antibodies that abrogate BLS activity.
Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies are prepared according to other techniques known in the art. For examples of methods of the preparation and uses of monoclonal antibodies, see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,688,681, 5,688,657, 5,683,693, 5,667,781, 5,665,356, 5,591,628, 5,510,241, 5,503,987, 5,501,988, 5,500,345 and 5,496,705. Examples of the preparation and uses of polyclonal antibodies are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,512,282, 4,828,985, IS 5,225,331 and 5,124,147.
MATERIALS AND MSTFFODS USED 80R SXAMPhBS 1-12 Bacterial strains and culture conditions. Strains used in this investigation are listed in Table 1. Gram positive bacteria were grown in Todd-Hewitt broth (Oxoid, Basingstoke, England) or on Columbia agar (Oxoid) plates containing 5% defibrinated sheep blood (WOOdlyn Laboratories, Guelph, ON). When antibiotic selection was required, 2000 ug/ml streptomycin (Sigma Laboratories, St. Louis, MO) and 5 ~g/ml tetracycline (Sigma) were added to the appropriate media. Escherichia coli were propagated using Luria Bertani (LB) broth (Difco). When appropriate, 25 ~g/ml tetracycline and/or 50 ug/ml chloramphenicol were added to the media. Strains T18P, MGAS166, and CG110 were kindly provided by Drs. Patrick Schlievert, (University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN), James Musser (Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX) and Don Clewell (University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI) respectively.
Escherichia coli strain RN6851 (pRN6680) contains a 2.2 kb tetM
gene from Tn551 cloned into pBS-bluescript and was provided by Dr.
Barry Krieswirth (New York Public Health Research Institute, New York, NY).
M-typing and quantatation. Serotyping of recipient and non-hemolytic transconjugants was conducted by the National Reference Center for Streptococci (Edmonton, AB) in a blinded fashion according to standard techniques (Griffith 1934). M protein was quantitated by Western blot using monoclonal antibody to the constant region of the M1 protein (kindly performed by Vincent Fischetti, Rockefeller University) using published methods (Fischetti et aI. 1985).
Generation of transconjugants. Strains MGAS166 and T18P were made resistant to streptomycin by plating each strain on Columbia blood agar containing streptomycin and selecting a colony which became spontaneously resistant to streptomycin. Tn9I6 was mobilized from Enterococcus faecalis CG110 to MGAS166s and TlBPs by a variation of a method described by Nida et al. (1983). Cells of recipient and donor were added to a non-selective Columbia blood agar plate in a ratio of 1:1, which corresponded to 107 CFU of each strain, and the entire plate was cross-streaked using a sterile loop.
After overnight incubation at 37°C in 5% C02 the bacterial mat was replica-plated using Acutran sterile replicators (Schleicher and Schuell, Keene, NH) to selective media containing tetracycline and streptomycin. Non-hemolytic transconjugants were chosen which were devoid of a beta-hemolytic phenotype and were passaged at least l0 times on selective media to ensure stability of the mutant phenotype. Lancefield grouping was conducted on the non-hemolytic transconjugants (Prolab, Richmondhill, ON) as outlined by the manufacturer.
Southern hybridization aaalysis. A probe specific for the tetM
gene of Tn9I6 was used to identify the transposon insertion in the transconjugants. The tetM determinant was amplified from pRN6680 by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using T3/T7 universal primers (Stratagene Cloning Systems, LaJolla, CA) and parameters recommended by the manufacturer. The PCR product was confirmed by its size on a 0.7% agarose gel and was purified from the gel using the Qiaex II Gel Extraction Kit (Qiagen, Chatsworth, CA). The purified product was labeled using the enhanced chemiluminescence (ECL) direct labeling system (Amersham, oakville, ON) as outlined by the manufacturer. Genomic DNA was isolated from GAS as previously described (O'Connor and Cleary 1983). DNA was digested with HindIII (Boehringer-Mannheim, Laval, PQ), subjected to 0.7%
agarose gel electrophoresis, transferred to Hybond N+ nylon membranes (Amersham) and probed with the enhanced chemiluminescence labeled tetM specific probe as indicated by the manufacturer.
Cloning and sequencing. Genomic DNA from MGAS166s was digested i with HindIII, ligated into the HindIII site of pACYC184 (New England Biolabs, Mississauga, ON) and transformed into E. coli DHSaMCR high efficiency competent cells (Gibco BRL, Burlington, ON} using standard techniques (Gilman 1997). Plasmid DNA from transformants was isolated by alkaline lysis (Maniatis et al.
1989) and dot blotted by vacuum suction onto Hybond N+ membranes.
In order to identify transformants harboring the sequence disrupted by Tn916 in SBNHS, a probe based on the sequence flanking the transposon in SBNH5 was generated by partial-inverse PCR (PI-PCR) as follows (Pang and Knedt 1997). Genomic DNA from SBNHS was digested with HindIII, self-ligated and used as a template with outward reading primers based on the ends of Tn916.
The resulting amplicon consequently consisted of the sequence flanking Tn916 and was used as a probe for identifying transformants from MGAS166s harbouring the sequence associated with SLS production. Sequencing was done commercially (Mobix, Inc., Hamilton, ON) using an automated sequencer (Applied Biosystems, Oakville, ON) according to manufacturer s guidelines.
Analysis of sequence data was done using the Wisconsin GCG
sequence analysis software as well as the FASTA algorithm and BLAST search engines of the National Biotechnology Institute.
Northern Analysis. Total RNA was extracted using Trizol (Gibco BRL) according to manufacturers directions. RNA was isolated from bacteria at mid-log phase (O.D.sso=0.6 - 0.8) and then every two hours thereafter for a maximum of ten hours. Total RNA was standardized spectrophotometrically and resolved using 1.9%
formaldehyde/agarose gels. RNA electrophoresis and Northern blot transfer were performed using standard techniques (Gilman 1997).
DNA probes were labeled with a"PdCTP using Ready-to-Go DNA
labeling beads (Pharmacia Biotech, PQ) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Integrity of the RNA was checked simultaneously by probing all samples with a conserved 16S rRNA
sequence.
Bxcieion of Tn916. Phenotypic revertants were produced in a manner similar to that described by Nida and Cleary (1983).
Briefly, 106 CFU, determined by an optical density at 550 nm (O.D.55p) of 1.0-1.2, of a late log phase culture of non-hemolytic transconjugants were inoculated into 50 ml of non-selective Todd-Hewitt broth. After overnight incubation, 108 CFU were plated onto a single non-selective blood agar plate. Following overnight incubation, zones of hemolysis were identified within the bacterial mat, and colonies within the hemolytic zones were S subcultured on non-selective media to isolate the hemolytic revertants. Tetracycline resistance was determined by growth on Columbia blood agar plates containing tetracycline (5 Ng/ml}.
Growth rate analysis. To determine the growth rate of wildtype and mutant GAS, lOml of THB was inoculated with a single colony.
Mutants were grown in the presence of tetracycline. After overnight growth 106 CFU were used to inoculate 50 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth. O.D.55o readings using a Beckman spectrophotometer (Beckman Instruments Inc., Fullerton, CA) were taken at the time of inoculation and every hour subsequently for a period of 12 hours. Actual CFU at each time point were confirmed by serial dilutions and plating on Columbia blood agar.
Hemolysis assays. To confirm that SLO was still being produced by the non-hemolytic mutants, assays similar to those previously described by Smyth and Duncan were employed (Smyth and Duncan 1978). Late-log phase cultures (O.D.550 = 1.0-1.2) of GAS were centrifuged to pellet bacteria. Culture supernatants (750 ~1) were reduced by adding L-cysteine to a final concentration of 20 mM and incubating at ambient temperature for 10 min. An equal volume of a 5% solution of sheep erythrocytes, washed three times in 0.15 M
sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.8 (PBS), and resuspended in the same buffer, was added to culture supernatants and samples were incubated at 37°C for 60 min. After centrifugation, the optical density of the supernatant Was read at 540 nm to determine the release of hemoglobin. An equivalent amount of lysed erythrocytes suspended in sterile Todd-Hewitt broth was used as a control to represent 100% hemolysis and sample values were recorded as a fraction of this value. Trypan blue (Sigma), at a final concentration of 13 ~g/ml, and cholesterol (Sigma), at a final concentration of 0.5 mg/ml were used as inhibitors of SLS and SLO
respectively. ATCC 21547 (SLO+, SLS+) and 27762 (SLO+, SLS-) were used as control strains (Table 1).
SLS activity Was also measured during early, mid and late log phase using the above method, overnight broth cultures of MGAS166s and SBNHS were subcultured in Todd-Hewitt broth and samples withdrawn hourly for a hours and immediately frozen at -70°C. Samples were thawed and bacteria pelleted by centrifugation. Serial dilutions of culture supernatant were added to PBS-washed 5% rabbit erythrocytes and incubated at 37°C for 60 min. Cells were removed by centrifugation and the O.D. determined as above.
Preparation of ~xtracellular and call associated proteins.
Bacteria were grown in 200 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth and samples were collected at either mid-log phase (O.D.SSO=0~6) or late-log phase (O.D.SSO=1.0-1.2). Bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 15 min at 4°C. Ammonium sulfate was added to the culture supernatants gradually with constant shaking at 4°C until solution reached e0% saturation. After mixing gently overnight at 4°C, tubes were centrifuged at 10,000 rpm and supernatant was discarded. Ammonium sulfate precipitate was dissolved in 2 ml of 0.01 M ammonium bicarbonate (pH 7.0) and dialyzed against the same solution using Slide-A-Lyzer dialysis cassettes (Pierce Chemical Co., IL) overnight at 4°C. Dialysate samples were boiled for 5 min in SDS-PAGE loading buffer (Lamemelli 1970), resolved using a l0% SDS-polyacrylamide gel and stained with Coomassie brilliant blue R.
For analysis of cellular proteins, bacteria were grown in 10 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth and bacteria were pelleted when they reached mid-log or late-log phase. Supernatants were discarded and the pellets Were resuspended in 15 ~tl of 0.1% Triton X
(Sigma) and 25 mM PBS (pH 7.2), and vortexed briefly. After incubating cells at 37°C for 30 min, 15 ~1 of SDS-PAGE loading buffer was added and samples were resolved as described above.
Production of caseinas~ and DNaea. Caseinase activity was determined by the method of Wheeler et al. (Wheeler et al. 1991).
DNase production was determined using commercial media (Difco, Detroit, MI). In both assays, an equivalent inoculum of late-log phase organisms was spotted onto assay plates. Plates were incubated anaerobically overnight and zones of opacity or clearing were measured to determine caseinase or DNase activity respectively. SBNH5 and SB30-2 were tested with and without 5 ug/ml of tetracycline in the media.
Quantitatioa of hyaluronic acid. Bacteria were grown in 150 ml of Todd-Hewitt broth to an O.D.sso of 0.6 - 0.8. Mutants were grown in the presence of tetracycline. Aliquots of the cultures were removed, serially diluted and subcultured to confirm the exact number of CFU. The bacterial pellet was harvested by centrifugation and washed once with sterile distilled water. The pellet was resuspended in 1.5 ml of water and an equal volume of chloroform was added, mixed vigorously and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was centrifuged to separate the aqueous phase from the chloroform. The aqueous phase was used in the carbazole method of uronic acid quantitation as described by Knutson et aI (Knutson and Jeanes 1969). Human umbilical hyaluronic acid (Sigma) was used as a standard.
Dermoaecrotic mouse modal. Virulence of GAS strains was determined using a dermonecrotic mouse model as previously described (Bunce et al. 1992). Organisms were grown to mid-log phase (O.D,55p = 0.6 - 0.8) in Todd-Hewitt broth with appropriate antibiotic selection. A 100 ~1 volume of mid-log phase organisms was mixed with an equal volume of sterilized cytodex beads (Sigma) suspended in PBS at a concentration of 20 ~g/mL. The 200 gel cytodex/bacterial suspension was injected subcutaneously in the right flank of hairless, 4 week-old, male, crl:SKH1(hrhr)Br mice (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) weighing 15-20 g using a 1 ml tuberculin syringe. Nine animals were injected for each strain examined. Viable counts were performed on all cultures to confirm the exact number of CFU injected. Animals were weighed immediately prior to inoculation and every 24 hours subsequently fox a total of 5 days. The length and width of the lesions were measured daily by an observer blinded to the identity of the infecting strain. The wound area (A) was determined by A=(LxW)/2 where L is the longest axis and W is the shortest axis.
Culturing of necrotic laeioas and histopathology. To determine the phenotypes of the organisms in the lesions, a single animal was randomly chosen from each group 24 and 120 hours after infection and euthanized. The wounds were excised from euthanized animals and divided equally. One half of each lesion was cultured and the remainder was used for the preparation of histological specimens. Tissue for culture was suspended in 1 ml of sterile PBS and then ground in a sterile tissue homogenizer. Aliquots of the PBS/tissue homogenate were serially diluted and inoculated on either selective or non-selective Columbia blood agar plates and scored for beta-hemolysis. Histologic sections were prepared by immersion in 10% buffered formalin and embedded in paraffin.
Sections were stained with hematoxylin and eosin or tissue. Gram stain (Brown-Benn stain) and examined by light microscopy by a pathologist blinded to the source of the biopsies.
Statistics. Statistical analysis was conducted as described previously (Bunce et al. 1992). Group means for weight loss and lesion size were compared among groups by using analysis of variance (ANOVA). Post hoc tests were done using Fisher's protected least significant difference (Fisher s PSLD). P values reported, refer to the ANOVA tests. Significant differences between pairs of groups were reported if P < 0.05. Fisher's Exact test was used to compare counts of abscesses and dermonecrotic lesions.
Example 15 Using Tn917 mutagenesis followed by chromosome walking steps, eight genes located immediately downstream of sagA have been shown to be important for SLS production. Furthermore, the inactivation of each of these genes with the vector pVE6007 has lead to the generation of non-hemolytic mutants. The virulence of six of these mutants was examined by using a dermonecrotic mouse model as previously described (see above). The results are shown in Table 4. In contrast to mice infected with the wild-type strain, NZ131, those infected with sagA,E and F produced no necrotic lesion. However, due to the excision of the plasmid from the chromosome and hence reversion to their hemolytic phenotype, those mice infected with sagB,D and G produced lesions similar to NZ131. Mutants for sagX and sagl have not been tested. From these data, it can be concluded that sagA, E and F play an important role in the virulence of N2131.
The present invention has been described in terms of particular embodiments found or proposed by the present inventors to comprise preferred modes for the practice of the invention. It will be appreciated by those of skill in the art that, in light of the present disclosure, numerous modifications and changes can be made in the particular embodiments exemplified without departing from the intended scope of the invention. All such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.
All articles, patents and other documents described in this application are incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or document was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. They are also incorporated to the extent that they supplement, explain, provide a background for, or teach methodology, techniques and/or compositions employed herein.
i TABLg 1. and relevantproperties Bacterial strains Strain Relevant Reference Comments Phenotype S.pyogenes T18P MlB,St',Tc',SLS"Schilvert Isolate associated with 1977 rheumatic fever MGAS166 Ml,St',Tc',SLS"Musser Invasive clinical isolate TlBPS MlB,Str, Tcs,SLS+See text Spontaneous Strr derivative of T18P
MGAS166s Ml,Str,Tcs, See text Spontaneous Str derivative SLS+
of MGAS166 SB30-2 MlB,Str,Tcr, See text Nonhemolytic derivative SLS of TlBPs 30-2rev MlB,Str,Tcs,SLS+See text Hemolytic derivative of SBNHSs Ml,Str, Tcr, See text non-hemolytic derivative SLS of MGAS166s NHSrev Ml,Str, Tcs, See text Hemolytic derivative SLS+ of SBNHS
SLS+, SLO+ ~ Hemolytic control strain SLS , SLO+ Ginsburg non-hemolytic control strain E. faecalis CG110 Sts, Tcr Gawron Tn9Z6 donor strain E.coli RN6851 Tc' NR Contains pRN6680 DHSaMCR mcrA,~80dlacAZMlSGibcoBRL Library efficiency competent cells SL-1 Tc, Cmr See Text Contains pACYC184 with 3.8kb insert Str, streptomycin Sts, streptomycin resistant; sensitive;
Tcs, tetracyclinesensitive; tetracycline Tcr, resistant;
Cmr, chloramphenicol resistant;
SLS, streptolysin S; NR, no reference.
i TABLB 2. Streptolysin O activity of wildtype and mutant streptococci r;ssay Fraction of complete lysisa exhibited by bacterial Contents strains Tl8Ps SB30-2 MGAS166s SBNHS ATCC2772 ATCC2154 Supernatant 0.57 0.48 0.56 0.45 0.62 0.78 Supernatant 0.64 0.50 0.48 0.39 0.58 0.69 with Trypan blush Supernatant 0.05 0.09 0.10 0.07 0.11 0.04 with trypan blue and cholesterolc a Complete lysis was determined by lysing 750 ~tL of 5% washed sheep erythrocytes in hypotonic saline and adding to an equal volume of sterile THB.
b Concentration of trypan blue was 13 ~g/mL
c Concentration of cholesterol was 0.5 mg/mL
TABLS 3. Phenotypic comparisons between hemolytic and non-hemolytic GAS
Strain Assay Caseinasea Dnasea Hyaluronic acid MGAS166s 12.8 +/- 1.3 mm 15.1 +/- 0.9 mm 2 fg / cfu SBNHS 12.2 +/- l.lmm 16.3 +/- 1.3 mm 3.1 fg / cfu TlBPs 0 mm 16.1 +/- 1.6 mm 68 fg / cfu SB30-2 0 mm 17.4 +/- 2.0 mm 54 fg / cfu aResults are zone diameters surrounding inoculum after overnight anaerobic incubation of assay plates at 37°C. Measurements are mean +/- standard deviation of three experiments.
N
N
_ a.G o m Q C O
Z Z ~ f~
aZE moo! 0 NON
NJ
t N
O ~ i tlt ~ O
C
0 ~ O J ~ ~
p p c~ o J~ r C 0 N
D. 7, O C
J ~ C r- Z v C C
V
r p O . . . . 1 . , N .
J
V V
N
O O O ~ O
O + M ~ N ~
W
t t O (f CG st n ~ c~ 0~
O O ~ ~ O O ~ m m O O ~ ~ O O ~
C
'~
m ~. . E
~ ~ O O ~ ~ O O ~
~'9 er N
O ~ ", O
(~ Q ~ O O O ~ O O
~ N
o E
Z
0.-~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~N
+ + + ~. ~ +
v v v ~. ~. v 'r e~ t_ tp ~ N " v ~ W N
Z~i C C C O ~ O C C
O O
O~
O CV C N ~ '~ N O
C
C O m ii o; n ~ a; ~! ~E
.- c~ c~ r. .-W +.. v W v v v w C
C~ N M ~ O ~ ~- Gf 7. ~ ~,j~~O ,.,u~N~j ,~ tl NO
~ '1'1* ~ * * II * tf~
~ ~ 0f ~O O v ~ O
C C C C C
N N N ~ N N N m O
~ X
m~' O
N 0f tO N N C~ 1~ m N - ~ ~ ~ N
?. i1 ~ C Wi ~ p ~
O D
D ~ ~ m ~ N C ,t m p ~ C
I ~ E
N N N N N
~o E
. o o~
I
m .~ ~
~ ~ g b A i A
C E m C
C
a DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAPTINGS
Figure 1. Southern hybridization analysis of HindIII restriction digests of genomic DNA probed tetM. (A) Hemolytic wildtype T18P
(Lane 1) does not hybridize with the tetM probe. Non-hemolytic transconjugants SB1-4, SB2-9, SB30-2, SB1-9, SB5-9, SB6-9, SB7-9, SBl-1, and SB8-2 (Lanes 2-20) all contain at least one copy of Tn916 and hybridize with the tetM probe. Isolates in lanes 2, 7 and 9 possess more than one insertion of Tn916. All lanes possess two bands hybridizing with the tetM probe corresponding to approximately 6.5 kb and l4kb. The Tn916 donor strain CG110 (Lane 11) contains several copies of Tn916. (B) Hemolytic wildtype MGAS166s (Lane 1) does not hybridize with the tetM probe. The non-hemolytic transconjugants SBNH1, SBNH3, SBNH4, SBNH5, SBNH6, SBNH7, and SBNHB (Lanes 2-7) all possess at least one copy of Tn916.
Isolates in lanes 3, 4, 7, and 8 possess more than a single insertion of Tn916. Isolates in all lanes possess two bands of a similar size of approximately 14 kb and 7.5 kb. The migration of molecular size standards (1 kb ladder) is indicated (in kilobases) on the left for both (A) and (H).
Figure 2. The nucleotide sequence and protein translation of sagA. A 390 by region of genomic DNA from MGAS166s is represented corresponding to the chromosomal point of insertion of Tn916 (D).
The conserved elements of the sagA ORF are indicated and the putative 53 amino acid translation product is represented. S.D.
indicates the Shine-Dalgarno consensus sequence. (The highest degree of homology was observed with epidermin and peps (from Staphylococcus epidermidis) matching 44% and 40% similarity respectively, and 22~ and 20% identity respectively. Calculations of homology are done using the FASTA (Pearson W.R. and Lipman D.J., 1988, PNAS 85: 2444-2448) and BLAST (Altschul S.F. and Lipman D.J., 1990 PNAS 87: 5509-5513) algorithms.) Figure 3. Total RNA extracted from mutant SBNHS (lanes 2-7) and wildtype MGAS166s (lanes 7-13) was quantified, standardized, blotted and probed using a PCR amplicon of sagA labeled with a'~P.
Lane 1 is a 0.16-1.77 kb RNA standard, lane 2 is SBNH5 RNA
harvested at mid-log phase, lanes 3-7 are SBNHS RNA at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post mid-log phase respectively. Lane 8 is MGAS166s RNA harvested at mid log phase, lanes 9-13 are MGAS166s RNA at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post mid-log phase respectively. The mutant strain is devoid of any transcripts from sagA while the wildtype contains sagA transcripts at all time points.
Figure 4. Comparisons of mean weight change are shown 24 hours after infection with wild type (MGAS166s; Tl8Ps) and the respective S isogenic non hemolytic mutants (SBNH5; SB30-2). Animals infected with non hemolytic mutants of each wild type gained weight in contrast to the marked weight loss caused by infection with the parent strains.
Figure 5. Photographs of hairless SKH1 mice 24 hours after infection with 106 cfu of either the SLS producing wildtype MGAS166s (A) or the SLS-deficient Tn916 mutant SBNHS (B). A well demarcated zone in induration with centralized necrosis is depicted on the right flank of a mouse infected with MGAS166s. No necrosis was seen in mice infected with SBNHS.
Figure 6. Tissue biopsies from euthanized mice which were infected with 106 cfu of either the SLS-producing wildtype MGAS166s (A) or the SLS-deficient Tn9I6 mutant SBNHS (B). The tissue section in (A) demonstrates acute inflammation with edema and tissue necrosis. The tissue depicted in (B) does not show evidence of necrosis and the inflammation is markedly reduced when compared with (A). Tissue samples were stained With hemotoxylin and eosin and final magnification is approximately x25.
RBFgRSNCEB
Alouf, J.E. and Geoffroy, C. (1988). Meth. In Enzym. 165:59-64.
Alouf, J.E. 1980, Pharmacol. Ther. 11:661-717.
Berraheimer, A. W. 1954. Streptococcal Infections, p. 19. Columbia University Press, New York. N.Y.
Blackburn, P. and Projan, S.J. (1994). United States Patent No:
5,304,540. Applied Microbiology Inc., New York, USA.
Borgia, S.M., Betschel, S.D., Low, D.E. and de Azavedo, J.C.S.
(1997). Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology. 418:733-748.
Brock, T.D. and Davie, J.M. (1963). J. Bact. 86:708-712.
Bunce, C., Wheeler, L., Reed, G., Musser, J., and Barg, N. (1992) Infect. Immun. 60:2636-2640.
Chatterjee, S., Chatterjee, D.K., Jani, R.H., Blumbach, J., IS Ganguli, B.N., Klesel, N., Limbert, M. and Seibert, G. (1992).
J. Antibiot. 45:839-845.
Clewell, D. B. and Flannagan, S.E. (1993) The conjugative transposons of gram-positive bacteria. p. 369-393. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y.
Da Vuyst, L. and Vandamme, E.J. (eds) (1994}. Bacteriocins of lactic acid bacteria, Chapman and Hall, London.
Delves-Broughton, J., Blackburn, P., Evans, R.J. and Hugenholtz, J. (1996). Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 69:193-202.
Fischetti, V. A., Jones, K.F. and Scott, J.R. (1985) J. Exp. Med.
161:1384-1401.
freer, J.H. and J.P. Arbuthnott, 1976. Biochemical and Morphological alterations of membranes by bacterial toxins, p.
170-193. In A.W. Bernheimer (ed.) Mechanisms in bacterial toxicology. John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y.
Gawron-BUrke, C. and Clewell, D.B. (1982) Nature (London).
300:281-284.
Gaarron-Burke, C. and Clewell, D.B. (1984) J. Bacteriol. 159:214-221.
Gilmaa, M. (1997) Current protocols in molecular biology, p.
4.1.1-4.1.23. In F. M. Ausubell, R. Brent, R. E. Kingston, R.
D. Moore, J. G. Seidman, J. A. Smith, and K. Struhl (ed.), John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y.
Ginsburg, I. (1970) Streptolysin S. p. 99-171. In T. C. Montie, S. Kadis, and S. J. Ajl (ed.), Microbial Toxins, Academic WO 99/49049 PCTlCA99100240 Press, New York, N. Y.
Jung, G. (1991). Agnew. Chem. Int. Ea. Eng. 30:1051-1192.
Klasnhammsr, T.R. (1993). FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 12:39-86.
Rnutson, C. A. and Jeanes, A. (1968) Ann. Biochem. 24:470-481.
Koyama, J. (1963). J. Biochem. 54:146-151.
Laemelli, U. K. (1970) Nature x27:680-685.
Lai, C.Y., Wang, M.-T., DeFaria and Akao, T. (1978). Arch.
Biochem. Biophys. 191:804-812.
Liu, W, and Hansen, J.N. (1992). J. Biol. Chem. 267:25078-25085.
Maniatis, T., Fritsch, E. and Sambrook, J. (1989) Small scale plasmid extraction, p. 1.21-1.31. In T. Maniatis, E. Fritsch, and J. Sambrook (ed.), Experiments in Molecular Genetics, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.
Mussar, J., Kanjilal, S., Musher, D. et al. (1993) J. Infect. Dis.
167:337-346.
Nes, I.F. and Tagg, J.R. (1996) Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek 69:89-97 Nida, K. and Cleary, P.P. (1983) J. Bacteriol. 155:1156-1161.
O~Connor, S. P. and Cleary, P.P. (1987) J. Infect. Dis. 156:495-504.
Pang, K. M. and Knecht, D.A. (1997) BioTechniques 22:1046-1048.
Ray. B. and Daeschel, M. (eds) (1992). Food preservatives of microbial origin, CRC Press, Boca Raton FL.
Sahl, H.-G., Jack, R.W. and Bierman, G. (1995). FEES. 230:827-853.
Saris, P.E.J. Immonen, T,., Reis, M., and Sahl, H.-G. (1996) Arttonie van Leewenhoek 69:151-159.
Schliavert, P. M., Bettin, K.M. and Watson, D.W. (1977) Infect.
Immun. 16:673-679.
Smyth, C. J. and Duncan, J.L. (1978) Thiol-activated (oxygen-labile) cytolysins, p. 129-183. In: J. S. Jelijaszewicz and T.
Wadstrom (ed.), Bacterial Toxins and Cell Membranes. Academic Press, New York, N. Y.
9~haeler, M. C., Roe, M.H., Kaplan, E.L., Schlievert, P.M. and Todd, J.K. (1991)JAMAa66:533-537.
SEQUENCE LISTING
1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANTS: DE AZAVEDO, Joyce BAST, Darrin BORGIA, Sergio BETSCHEL, Stephen LOW, Donald (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: Streptococcus Streptolysin S Nucleic Acid Molecule (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 2 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 390 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ix) FEATURE: DNA sequence for sagA gene (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
ATAAGAACTA
GTCCTTGTTG
TCGCGTTCTT
AATTTACTTC
GCTCCTGGAG
TACTGGAAGT
AATAATCTAT
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 53 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ix) FEATURE: Protein sequence for SAG-A
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID
N0:2:
M L K F T S N I L A
T S V A E T T Q V A
P G G C C C C C T T
C C F S I A T G S G
N S Q G G S G S y T
P G K
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:3 Leader na sequence CTTATGTTAA AATTTACTTC AAATATTTTA TAGCTGAAAC
GCTACTAGTG AACTCAAGTT
GCTCCTG GAG
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4 Leader amino acid sequence M L K F T S N I L A T
S V A E T T Q V A P G G
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5 propeptide na sequence GCTGCTGTTG CTGCTGTACT ACTTGTTGCT TCTCAATTGC TACTGGAAGT
GGTAATTCTC AAGGTGGTAG CGGAAGTTAT ACGCCAGGTA AATAATCTAT TTAGCATCTC
TATGTGGTAG TGATATTAAG GTAATGAGTT
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6 propeptide amino acid sequence C C C C C T T C C F S
I A T G S G N S Q G G
S G S Y T P G K
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:7 regulatory na sequence ATCAGTTACT TATTAGATAA GGAGGTAAAC CTT
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8 processing protein na tgt cattttttac aaaggaacaa caacctaaag 721 agaattgtcc gccaataact gttgaaaaag caaggcaatt gtttgaattt aatacaaacc 781 acttgtcctt atcggattac catcatcaaa cggtgctaaa aacgtcaaag cagctagttg 841 ctcaacattt aatgcctaat gcaaccgata atcttagtca acattttttg atgaactata 901 aagctaataa taattattta ggcttccaag ctagtattgt cgactttttt acagattctg 961 ccgttgctaa tttttcaagt agttacgttt atgaaagtca ggaaaagata attcgtttac SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 28) 1021 caaaacctac caagatatca actgctctgt cgacatgtat tataaaacga agaagtcatc 1081 gtcaattttc agatagacaa atgcctcttc aagatttatc aaacattctt tattatgcat 1141 gtggtgttag ttcacaagca tcaattagag atggagcatc agataagatt acactcagaa 1201 actgtgcttc aggtggaggt ttatacccta ttcatttagt tttttatgct agaaacatca 1261 gtaaattaat agatggtttc tatgaatatc taccctatca gcatgcacta aggtgttatc 1321 ggcatagctc tgaggaaaac gttagagatt ttgcggaata cggtgctatt aatgctgaaa 1381 attgtaatat tattattatt tatgtctacc attacatgaa aaatacacgt aaatatggga 1441 atcaggcgac tgcctatgct tttattgaat caggagaaat agcccagaat attcaattga 1501 ctgcaactgc cttaacttat ggaagtattg atattggtgg ttataataag gaatatctcc 1561 aagaattatt agatttagat gggctaggag agcatgtgat tcacatgaca ctcgtaggaa 1621 ctaaggagtc tcaatga SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9 processing protein amino acid sequence MSFFTKEQQPKENCPPITVEKARQLFEFNTNHLSLSDYHHQTVL
KTSRQLVAQHLMPNATDNLSQHFLMNYKANNNYLGFQASIVDFFTDSAVANFSSSYVY
ESQEKIIRLPKPTKISTALSTCIIKRRSHRQFSDRQMPLQDLSNILYYACGVSSQASI
RDGASDKITLRNCASGGGLYPIHLVFYARNISKLIDGFYEYLPYQHALRCYRHSSEEN
VRDFAEYGAINAENCNIIIIYVYHYMKNTRKYGNQATAYAFIESGEIAQNIQLTATAL
TYGSIDIGGYNKEYLQELLDLDGLGEHVIHMTLVGTKESQ
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NOS:10 AND 11 Transporter na sequence and amino acid sequence x912 atqagttttqtaeaattaacaaacgttgtcaagtcctacaaaaac M S F Y Q L T N V V K S Y K N
:95~ ggcaagaaagetgtcaatgacgcctcettgtctactgaagcaggt 5002 aatatttatggtttgttaggsccaaatggtgccggtaagtccaec N I Y G L L G P N G A G K S T
5017 ctgattaatettstcttaggcttgatccctttgagttccqgcaaa L I N L I L G L I P L S S G K
5092 attaetgttttagggcsatcccaaaagactattcgaasaacsagt I T V L G Q S Q K T I R K I S
5137 tcgcagataggttatgttccteasgacattgccgtttatecagac S Q I G Y V P Q D I A V y p p 5182 etaactgcttacgaaaatgcagaaciatttgggtcactttatqge L t A Y E N V E L F G S L Y G
5227 ttssagggagctcagcttaaaaaaeaagttctassaagtttagas L K G A Q L K K Q V L K S L E
5172 ettgtqgggccacactcccaagctsagcagtttccsagtcsaccc F V G L H S Q A K Q F P S Q f 5317 tcagqaggsatgaagagacggttasatategcttgcgcqetagtt S G G N K R R L N I A C A L V
5362 catteacccaaattsatcatttttqsegaaecgactgtagqgact H S P K L I I f D E P T V G I
5147 gatectcaatcaegtaatcatattttagagtcgattcgtttgcts D P Q S R N N I L E S I R L L
5152 aseaaagaaggcgetacagttatttatacgacecactstatgqss N K E G A T V I Y T T N Y PI E
5197 gsagtaqaggctetttgtgatcatstttttattatggatcatggt E V E A L C D Y I F I M D N G
551? caagttattgaagasggacctaastttgaaetggsasaaegttae Q V I E E G P K F E L E K R Y
5587 gttgesaatctagcaaaccagaccattgtsaetctaacagsctea 5632 eqteatttggaaetggeagataagcctgsctggtctttgatsqas R H L E L A D K P D YI S L I E
5677 gatqgagaaaascteatgttgaagsttgatastagtgatatgaca D G E K L N L K I D N S D !1 1 5722 ccagttgttcsteagcteaescaggecaststtacttttagcgsg S V V H Q L T Q A N I T F S E
5767 attagacataaccatttgaatttagasgasattttcttacactta I R N N H L N L E E I F L N L
5812 acsgqtasgaagttscgagatcag 5A35 T G K K L R D
SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:12 Sequence of the originally cloned 3.8 kb insert.
SU6ST'ITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 351 AAGATTACAA CTGATGCTAN ATTGACTGAA GCTCAARA.AG CTGAACAATC
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S.D. sagA (1529-1691) saga (1914-2866) SUBSTfTUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -35 p S.D.
Start M L K F T S
N I L A T S V A E
T T Q V A P G G
C C C C C T T C C
F S I A T G S
Stop G N S Q G G S G S
Y T P G K
(The highest degree of homology was observed with epidermin and peps (from Staphylococcus epidermidis) matching 44% and 40%
similarity respectively, and 22% and 20% identity respectively.
Calculations of homology are done using the FASTA (Pearson W.R.
and Lipman D.J., 1988, PNAS 85: 2444-2448) and BLAST (Altschul S.F. and Lipman D.J., 1990 PNAS
87: 5509-5513) algorithms.) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) *rB
Start M L K F T S
N I L A T S V A E
T T Q V A P G G
C C C C C T T C C
F S I A T G S
Stop G N S Q G G S G S
Y T P G K
(The highest degree of homology was observed with epidermin and peps (from Staphylococcus epidermidis) matching 44% and 40%
similarity respectively, and 22% and 20% identity respectively.
Calculations of homology are done using the FASTA (Pearson W.R.
and Lipman D.J., 1988, PNAS 85: 2444-2448) and BLAST (Altschul S.F. and Lipman D.J., 1990 PNAS
87: 5509-5513) algorithms.) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) *rB
Claims (31)
1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which comprises:
i. a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide having substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
ii. a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identity to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
iii. a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
iv. a nucleic acid sequence complementary to (i), (ii), or (iii);
v. a nucleic acid sequence differing from any of (i),(ii), or (iii), in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;
vi. a nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 5 nucleotides capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid sequence in SEQ. ID.
NO. 1, 3, or 5 or to a degenerate form thereof;
vii. a nucleic acid sequence encoding a truncation, an analog, an allelic or species variation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4, or 6; or viii. a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii).
i. a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide having substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
ii. a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identity to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
iii. a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4 or 6;
iv. a nucleic acid sequence complementary to (i), (ii), or (iii);
v. a nucleic acid sequence differing from any of (i),(ii), or (iii), in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;
vi. a nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 5 nucleotides capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid sequence in SEQ. ID.
NO. 1, 3, or 5 or to a degenerate form thereof;
vii. a nucleic acid sequence encoding a truncation, an analog, an allelic or species variation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 2, 4, or 6; or viii. a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii).
2. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which comprises:
i. a nucleic acid sequence having substantial sequence identity with a nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3 or 5;
ii. nucleic acid sequences complementary to (i), preferably complementary to the full nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ.
ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5;
iii. nucleic acid sequences differing from any of the nucleic acid sequences of (i) or (ii) in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; or iv. a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii).
i. a nucleic acid sequence having substantial sequence identity with a nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 3 or 5;
ii. nucleic acid sequences complementary to (i), preferably complementary to the full nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ.
ID. NO. 1, 3, or 5;
iii. nucleic acid sequences differing from any of the nucleic acid sequences of (i) or (ii) in codon sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; or iv. a fragment, or allelic or species variation of (i), (ii) or (iii).
3. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5.
4. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from the group having at least: 65% homology, 75% homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98% homology to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5.
5. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 under stringent hybridization conditions.
6. A nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the molecule is selected from the group consisting of DNA and RNA.
7. The nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 4, wherein the nucleic acid molecule encodes a lantibiotic.
8. A nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, encoding a peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
9. A nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 6, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is isolated from a group A streptococci cell.
10. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of 8 to 10 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 7, 11 to 25 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 7 and 26 to 50 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 7.
11. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 8, wherein the nucleic acid molecule hybridizes to the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 7 under stringent hybridization conditions.
12. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a DNA sequence obtained by screening an appropriate library containing the complete gene encoding an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 under stringent hydridization conditions with a probe having a nucleic acid sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID No:2 or a fragment therof, which fragment retains binding and/or biological activity and isolating the DNA sequence.
13. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding the complementary nucleotide sequence of any of the nucleic acid molecules of claims 1 to 9.
14. An expression vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 13.
15. An isolated peptide produced from the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 1 to 13.
16. An isolated peptide produced from the expression vector of claim 14.
17. An isolated peptide comprising the amino acid sequence in SEQ
ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
18. An isolated peptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group having at least 65% homology, 75%
homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98% homology to the peptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
homology, 85% homology, 95% homology and 98% homology to the peptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
19. A peptide of any of claims 15 to 18, Wherein the peptide has the characteristics of a lantibiotic.
20. A peptide of any of claims 15 to 19, wherein the peptide is isolated from a Group A Streptococci cell
21. An isolated peptide comprising at least 5 amino acids of the peptide of any of claims 15 to 20.
22. An isolated peptide comprising 6 to 15 amino acids of the peptide of any of claims 15 to 20.
23. An antibody directed against the peptide of any of claims 15 to 22.
24. A cell comprising the expression vector of claim 14.
25. Food products comprising the peptide of any of claims 15 to 22.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the peptide of any of claims 15 to 22.
27. A vaccine comprising the peptide of any of claims 15 to 22.
28. A method for producing a polypeptide having the characteristics of a lantibiotic comprising inserting the expression vector of claim 14 in a cell and expressing the peptide.
29. A method for diagnosing disease, preferably bacterial infections, more preferably infections caused by group A
streptococci, comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual an increased level of expression of a nucleic acid comprising the nucleic acid sequence of of SEQ ID NO:1 or 5 or a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or 6.
streptococci, comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual an increased level of expression of a nucleic acid comprising the nucleic acid sequence of of SEQ ID NO:1 or 5 or a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or 6.
30. A method for identifying compounds which bind to or otherwise interact with and inhibit or activate an activity of a peptide as claimed in any one of claims 15 to 22 or a nucleic acid molecule as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 13 comprising contacting the peptide or nucleic acid molecule with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to or other interaction between the compound and the peptide or nucleic acid molecule to assess the binding to or other interaction with the compound, such binding or interaction being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding or interaction of the peptide or nucleic acid molecule with the compound, and determining whether the compound binds to or otherwise interacts with and activates or inhibits an activity of the peptide or nucleic acid molecule by detecting the presence or absence of a signal generated from the binding or interaction of the compound with the peptide or nucleic acid molecule.
31. A chimeric toxin comprising a SAG-A polypeptide having cytolytic activity operatively linked to a targeting agent.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US7871398P | 1998-03-20 | 1998-03-20 | |
US60/078,713 | 1998-03-20 | ||
PCT/CA1999/000240 WO1999049049A1 (en) | 1998-03-20 | 1999-03-18 | Streptococcus sag-a, a structural protein associated with sls activity |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2290653A1 true CA2290653A1 (en) | 1999-09-30 |
Family
ID=22145785
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002290653A Abandoned CA2290653A1 (en) | 1998-03-20 | 1999-03-18 | Streptococcus sag-a, a structural protein associated with sls activity |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
AU (1) | AU2823299A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2290653A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1999049049A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7160547B2 (en) * | 2000-10-10 | 2007-01-09 | University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Streptococcal streptolysin S vaccines |
WO2002057315A2 (en) * | 2000-10-10 | 2002-07-25 | University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Streptococcal streptolysin s vaccines |
WO2009081274A2 (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2009-07-02 | Novartis Ag | Mutant forms of streptolysin o |
IE20080050A1 (en) * | 2008-01-24 | 2009-11-11 | Univ Cork | Listeria monocytogenes cytotoxin Listeriolysin S |
WO2016172476A1 (en) * | 2015-04-24 | 2016-10-27 | The Rockefeller University | Modified microorganisms expressing saga as anti-infective agents, probiotics and food components |
EP3219721A1 (en) * | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-20 | Institut Pasteur | Listeriolysin s or related peptides as antibacterials |
EP3927358A4 (en) * | 2019-02-20 | 2022-11-09 | The Rockefeller University | Modified microorganisms expressing saga and related compositions for immunomodulation against infection and cancer immunotherapy |
-
1999
- 1999-03-18 WO PCT/CA1999/000240 patent/WO1999049049A1/en active Application Filing
- 1999-03-18 CA CA002290653A patent/CA2290653A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-03-18 AU AU28232/99A patent/AU2823299A/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO1999049049A1 (en) | 1999-09-30 |
AU2823299A (en) | 1999-10-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
Hammerschmidt et al. | SpsA, a novel pneumococcal surface protein with specific binding to secretory immunoglobulin A and secretory component | |
Billington et al. | The Arcanobacterium (Actinomyces) pyogenes hemolysin, pyolysin, is a novel member of the thiol-activated cytolysin family | |
AU2007271350B2 (en) | Small Streptococcus pyogenes antigens and their use | |
US20100272743A1 (en) | Staphylococcus epidermidis nucleic acids and proteins | |
JP2000514308A (en) | Novel prokaryotic polynucleotides, polypeptides and uses thereof | |
WO2001034809A2 (en) | Staphylococcus epidermidis nucleic acids and proteins | |
WO1998023631A1 (en) | Novel bacterial polypeptides and polynucleotides | |
Quinn et al. | Analysis of a cloned sequence of Legionella pneumophila encoding a 38 kD metalloprotease possessing haemolytic and cytotoxic activities | |
WO1998021337A9 (en) | C3 BINDING PROTEIN OF $i(STREPTOCOCCUS PNEUMONIAE) | |
KR101684292B1 (en) | Polypeptides and immunizing compositions containing gram positive polypeptides and methods of use | |
US6406883B1 (en) | Lmb gene of Streptococcus agalactiae | |
CA2290653A1 (en) | Streptococcus sag-a, a structural protein associated with sls activity | |
KR100615836B1 (en) | Mutants of streptococcal toxin C | |
US20060159707A1 (en) | Lawsonia derived gene and related FlgE polypeptides, peptides and proteins and their uses | |
US6669940B2 (en) | Recombinant fusobacterium necrophorum leukotoxin vaccine and preparation thereof | |
EP1037997A1 (en) | Lmb gene of streptococcus agalactiae | |
EP2424882A2 (en) | Peptides protective against e. faecalis, methods and uses relating thereto | |
AU771376B2 (en) | Lawsonia derived gene and related FlgE polypeptides, peptides and proteins and their uses | |
CA2436530A1 (en) | Environmentally regulated genes of streptococcus suis | |
JP2001238684A (en) | New lep | |
US20040047871A1 (en) | Recombinant fusobacterium necrophorum leukotoxin vaccine and prepaation thereof | |
JP2001515707A (en) | Novel prokaryotic polynucleotides, polypeptides and uses thereof | |
JPH10201484A (en) | New ftsl | |
EP1980267A1 (en) | S. pneumoniae transcytosis protein | |
Potter et al. | Surface-Expressed Mig Protein Protects |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |